THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

THE ELECTRICITY WIRING

REGULATIONS
Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0

without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi.
2020
Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 1 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Table of Contents

Foreword 8
Acknowledgements 9
History of revisions 10
Document numbering 11
1. Introduction 13
1.1 Citation 13
1.2 Commencement 13
1.3 Purpose 13
1.4 Scope and enforcement 13
1.5 Responsibility for Implementation 15
1.6 References 15
1.7 Distribution 15
2. Definitions 17
2.1 Interpretation 17
2.2 Definitions 17
3. General principles and safety requirements 27
3.1 Technical standards, materials and workmanship 27
3.2 Approval of Electrical Installations 27
3.3 Extensions, alterations and repairs 28
3.4 Licensed Contractors 29
3.5 Requirements for safety 29
3.6 Labelling and identification 30
3.7 Environmental conditions 31
4. Electricity parameters and Electricity Intake 33
4.1 Electricity parameters 33
4.2 Electricity Intake 33
4.3 The Connection Point 35
4.4 Multiple occupancy Premises 35
4.5 Metering requirements 35
5. Protection 37
5.1 General principles 37
5.2 Overload and short-circuit protection 37
5.3 Electric shock protection 38
5.4 Earth Leakage Protected Systems 39
5.5 Earthed Equipotential Bonded Systems 40
5.6 Isolation and switching 42
5.7 Insulation 42

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 2 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

6. Earthing 45
6.1 General principles 45
6.2 Systems of Earthing 45
6.3 Main Earth Terminal 45
6.4 Earth Electrodes 46
6.5 Earth Conductors 47
6.6 Exposed-Conductive-Parts 48
6.7 Earth Faults Loop Impedance 48
6.8 Lightning protection 49
6.9 Functional Earthing and high leakage currents 49
7. Selection of components and installation requirements 51
7.1 Plugs, socket-outlets and flex outlets 51
7.2 Switches and isolators 52
7.3 Lighting 53
7.4 Conduit, trunking and Cable Trays 54
7.5 Cables 55
7.6 Final Circuits 57
7.7 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers 58
7.8 Distribution Boards 59
7.9 LV switchboards 61
8. Inspection, site testing and certification 63
8.1 Inspection and testing by the Licensed Contractor 63
8.2 Inspection and testing by the Distribution Company 64
8.3 Electrical Installation Certificates 65
9. Special locations and systems 67
9.1 Separated Extra-Low Voltage 67
9.2 Protective Extra-Low Voltage 67
9.3 Bathrooms and similar locations 67
9.4 Swimming pools 68
9.5 Water fountains 69
9.6 Temporary Electrical Installations 70
9.7 Roadway lighting 71
9.8 External lighting 72
9.9 Marinas and similar locations 72
9.10 Solar photovoltaic systems 74
10. Power factor correction 79
10.1 General requirements 79
10.2 Specifications for capacitors 80
11. Electric motors and starters 83
11.1 General requirements 83
11.2 Protection and isolation 83

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 3 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

12. Standby generators 85

12.1 General requirements 85
13. Electrical Vehicle (EV) Charging Systems 87
13.1 General Principles 87
13.2 Final Circuit 89
13.3 Sockets and Connectors 89
13.4 Isolation and switching 90
13.5 Protection 90
13.6 Labelling requirements 90
13.7 Inspection and site testing 91
13.8 Provision of information 91
14. Review of DoE decision 93
14.1 Application for review 93
14.2 Timescale for application for review 93
14.3 Extension of time for application for review 93
14.4 DoE request for information 93
14.5 DoE decision 93
15. Failure to comply with Regulations 95
15.1 Reporting failures 95
15.2 Enforcement procedures 95
16. Governing Law 97
16.1 Governing Law 97
17. Appendices 99
A1. Glossary of terms and abbreviations 100
A2. Recommended Books and references 101
A3. Reference standards 103
A4. List of regulations and Clauses which do not apply to existing Electrical Installations 107
A5.(a) Distribution Company Earthed System (TN-S) 108
A5.(b) Locally Earthed System (TT) 109
A5.(c) Distribution Company Earthed System with Locally Earthed System (TN-S and TT) 110
A5.(d) Earthed Electrode pit and standard labels 111
A5.(e) Main Earth Terminal (MET) at Main Distribution Board (MDB) 112
A5.(f) Main Earth Conductor (MEC) and Circuit Earth Conductor (CEC) 113
A5.(g) Components of Earth Fault Loop Impedance 114
A5.(h) Earth Fault Loop Impedance values required for MCBs (at 230V) 115
A5.(i) Resistance per metre of copper conductors 116
A5.(j) Sizing of Earth Conductors and Equipotential Bonding Conductors 117
A5.(k) Minimum number of Earth Electrodes 118
A5.(l) Mandatory connections to Earth Conductors 119
A5.(m) Residual Operating current settings for RCDs and ELP devices 120
A6.(a) Time-current characteristic of MCBs as multiple of rated current 122
A6.(b) Time-current characteristic of Type B MCBs 123
A6.(c) Time-current characteristic of Type C MCBs 124
A6.(d) Time current characteristic of Type D MCBs 125

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 4 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A6.(e) Typical energy let-through characteristics of MCBs 126

A6.(f) MCBs selection criteria 127
A6.(g) Internal construction of MCB 129
A7.(a) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC single core cables (non-armoured) 130
A7.(b) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC multi-core cables (non- armoured) 131
A7.(c) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC multi-core cables (armoured) 133
A7.(d) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for thermo-setting (XLPE) multi-core 134
cables (armoured)
A7.(e) Circuit rating for MICC cable 135
A7.(f) Circuit Rating and Voltage drop for flexible cords 136
A7.(g) Rating factors with respect to ambient (air) temperature 137
A7.(h) Rating factors with respect to grouping of cables 138
A8. Colour identification for cables 139
A9. Capacity of conduits, trunking and Cable Trays 140
A10. IP coding for ingress protection 141
A11. Standard wiring diagram symbols 142
A12.(a) Labelling of Electrical Installation 144
A12.(b) Minimum sizes of LV switchrooms 145
A12.(c) Typical layout of Final Distribution Boards (FDB) and RCD label 146
A12.(d) Typical layout of LV switchroom 148
A13. Boundary of Connection Point and scope of the Regulations 149
A14. Typical layout for small power and lighting circuits 150
A15. Minimum number of socket-outlets and connection points 152
A16. Mounting height for Accessories and socket-outlets 153
A17.(a) Approved and prohibited plugs and socket-outlets (domestic) 154
A17.(b) Industrial plugs and socket-outlets 155
A17.(c) Shaver socket-outlets for bathrooms 156
A18.(a) Class I Equipment (Earthed Conductive Parts) 157
A18.(b) Class II Equipment (double insulated) 158
A18.(c) Separated Extra-Low Voltage (SELV) supply 159
A18.(d) Protective Extra-Low Voltage (PELV) supply 160
A18.(e) Reduced Low Voltage (RLV) supply 161
A19.(a) Measurement of Earth Electrode resistance 162
A19.(b) Measurement of Distribution Company supply impedance (Ze) 164
A19.(c) Measurement of total Earth Fault Loop Impedance (Zs) 165
A19.(d) Circuit continuity, (R1+R2) and (R1+Rn) tests 166
A19.(e) Lamp holder Circuit polarity tests 169
A19.(f) Segregation and insulation resistance tests 170
A19.(g) Sequence of testing for new Electrical Installations 172
A20.(a) Electrical Installation Certificate 173
A20.(b) Inspection report (front) 174
A20.(c) Inspection report (back) 175
A20.(d) Electrical Installation testing report 176
A20.(e) Load distribution schedules 177

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 5 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A20.(f) Solar PV test report 180

A20.(g) Solar PV system inspection report 181
A21. General Marinas connection arrangements 183
A22. General solar PV connection arrangements 184
18. Guidance Notes 186
G1. Guidance note on supply Voltage change 188
G2. Estimation of Connected Load and diversity factors 189
G3.(a) Photograph of busbar riser 198
G3.(b) Photograph of Final Distribution Board (horizontal DIN rail) 199
G3.(c) Photograph of Final Distribution Board (vertical, split busbsr type) 200
G4.(a) Direct Contact with electricity 201
G4.(b) Indirect Contact with electricity 202
G4.(c) Main and Supplementary Earthed Equipotential Bonding (EEB) 203
G4.(d) Illustration of Earth Leakage Protected System (ELPS) 204
G4.(e) Grading of RCDs in an ELP system 205
G4.(f) ELP system supplied from LV switchroom 206
G4.(g) Calculation of Touch Voltage (ELP system) 207
G4.(h) Calculation of Touch Voltage (EEB system) 208
G5.(a) RCD operating characteristics and electric shock 209
G5.(b) Typical values of body resistance and physiological effects 210
G5.(c) RCD operating principles 211
G5.(d) Types of RCDs 212
G5.(e) Sources of tripping of RCDs 213
G6. Protection of buried cables 214
G7.(a) Exposed unsheathed cables at termination points 215
G7.(b) Protection of high temperature connections 216
G7.(c) Weather protected outdoor socket-outlets 217
G7.(d) Earth tails in Accessories and connection boxes 218
G7.(e) Minimum depth of buried plastic conduit 219
G7.(f) Circuit identification numbers on Accessories and Earth Conductors 220
G7.(g) Missing grommets and sharp edges on Cable Tray 221
G7.(h) Cables in ceiling-voids 222
G7.(i) Cable glands for Earthing of armoured cable 223
G7.(j) Earth continuity connections across Cable Tray and conduit 224
G7.(k) Prohibited terminal blocks and taped connections 225
G7.(l) Slotting of steel gland plates for single core cables 226
G7.(m) Flex-outlets 227
G8. Typical lighting Circuit Installation 228
G9. Isolation and Switching 231
G10.(a) Typical lightning protection system details 232
G10.(b) Lightning Earth Electrodes 234
G11. Changes in this Edition (April 2020) 235

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 6 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Foreword

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 7 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means 7
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Foreword
The Department of Energy (DoE) is established in Abu Dhabi pursuant to Law No.11 of 2018 (the
Law). Under that Law, the DoE is the successor entity of the Regulation and Supervision Bureau
(RSB) and Abu Dhabi Water and Electricity Authority (ADWEA). Accordingly, any references to the
Regulation and Supervision Bureau, the Bureau, RSB, the Authority or ADWEA in any document,
template or correspondence shall now be interpreted as referring to the DoE.

The DoE’s role is to regulate the economic and technical activities of entities operating in the
energy sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.

Moreover, the DoE has certain responsibilities towards the general public, including the assurance
of safe and efficient electricity supplies to customers and these Regulations have been produced
with this primary aim in mind.

These Regulations promote the installation and operation of safe electricity wiring systems in
premises and are based on the general principles defined in British Standard BS 7671 (otherwise
known as the IET Wiring Regulations,UK), which are also similar to the International Standard IEC
60364. Such principles are common practice in Abu Dhabi and were adopted in previous documents,
including the first Wiring Regulations issued by the old Water and Electricity Department (WED) in
1972.

These Regulations also take account of the physical environment in Abu Dhabi and the skills and
language diversity of the region.

These Regulations are issued by the DoE pursuant to the powers conferred to it under the Law and
shall replace the provious regulations issued by the RSB, ADWEA or WED.

These Regulations shall be effective from 1st April 2020 and can be downloaded via the link in
DoE’s website https://www.doe.gov.ae/en/Publications.

MOHAMMED BIN JARSH AL FALASI

Undersecretary-Department of Energy

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 8 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Acknowledgements
The DoE gratefully acknowledges the contributions and comments provided by the
following organisations:
(i) Al Ain Distribution Company (AADC)
(ii) Abu Dhabi Distribution Company (ADDC)
(iii) Abu Dhabi Quality and Conformity Council (QCC)
(iv) Abu Dhabi City Municipality (ADCM)
In particular, the DoE wishes to acknowledge the previous permission granted by the Institute of
Engineering Technology and the British Standards Institute for the use in this document of data
and information taken from BS 7671
BS 7671 (IET Wiring Regulations Eighteenth Edition) can be purchased in hardcopy format only
from the IET website http://electrical.theiet.org/ and the BSI online shop: http://shop.bsigroup.
com .

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 9 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

History of revisions
Revision Date Prepared by Checked by Issued to
ED/R01/010 Issue 1 Dec 2007 T Khan L. Hill Publication
ED/R01/010 Revision 1 Jan 2009 T Khan L. Hill Publication
M Yousif
ED/R01/010 Third Edition Mar 2014 M Preece Publication
C K Lee
K Al Marzooqi
DoE/PD/R01/001 M Iskeirjeh
Apr 2020 S Alshkeili Publication
(2020 Edition issued by DoE) M Sattari
M Yousif

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 10 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Document numbering
These Regulations use the following numbering system:
Parts are referenced by integers (e.g. 1, 2, 3, etc.)
Regulations are referenced by one full stop between numbers (e.g. 1.1, 1.2, etc.)
Clauses are referenced by two full stops between numbers (e.g. 3.1.2, etc.)
Notes are indicated below the Clause in square brackets and italic text. For example,
[Note: this Clause does not apply to Installations that have been …]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 11 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

1. Introduction

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 12 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

1. Introduction
1.1 Citation
1.1.1 These Regulations shall be cited as the Electricity Wiring Regulations 2020 (The
Regulations)
1.2 Commencement
1.2.1 These Regulations come into force on 1st April 2020 (Commencement Date)
1.2.2 These Regulations are issued by the Department of Energy pursuant to Law No (11) of
2018.
1.2.3 These Regulations supersede and replace the following regulations:
- The Electricity Wiring Regulations (3rd Edition 2014 issued by former RSB) and its
EVSE Addendum No 1 issued in 2016
- ADWEA’s Wiring Rules and Regulations (3rd Edition 2003);
- WED’s Regulations for Electrical Installation Works (1980); and
- Earth Leakage Protection Regulations (2001).
1.3 Purpose
1.3.1 The purpose of these Regulations is to establish standards and principles that promote
the design, construction, installation, maintenance and operation of safe and efficient
Low Voltage (LV) Electrical Installations in all Premises within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
1.3.2 The document is structured into parts, regulations and Clauses. Regulations and
Clauses are mandatory. Notes which are included below Clauses, in italic text, are for
guidance, clarification or provide supporting technical information.
1.3.3 Appendices contain mandatory information and Guidance notes contain supporting
information.
1.4 Scope and enforcement
1.4.1 These Regulations apply to all Distribution Companies, Customers, Owners, Licensed
Contractors, or any other persons involved in the design, construction, installation,
maintenance or operation of LV Electrical Installations in all Premises within the
Emirate of Abu Dhabi. Such locations include, but are not limited to apartments,
villas, offices, shops, warehouses, hotels, commercial complexes, leisure complexes,
public buildings, parks and public realm, farms, temporary Electrical Installations,
entertainment arenas, construction sites, tents, outbuildings, caravans, Roadway
lighting, and traffic signs.
[Note: certain Premises such as industrial, manufacturing, railway, oil and gas etc., due to the

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 13 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

nature of their operation, may have specific requirements or standards that are not covered in
these Regulations. In such cases, evidence of compliance with such requirements or standards
must be provided to the relevant Distribution Company.]
1.4.2 The scope of these Regulations does not include the design and technical requirements
of the High Voltage (HV) and LV electricity distribution networks belonging to
Distribution Companies.
[Note: requirements governing Distribution Companies’ networks are covered under the Electricity
Supply Regulations, as well as relevant Licences, codes and standards.]
1.4.3 These Regulations shall apply to all new Electrical Installations constructed on or after
the Commencement Date. Requirements for extensions, alterations and repairs to
existing Electrical Installations are covered under Regulation 3.2
[Note: where the design of an Electrical Installation has been completed before the Commencement
Date of these Regulations, advice must be sought from the Distribution Company before
construction is commenced.]
1.4.4 For Electrical Installations constructed before the date of commencement (1 January
2008), the table in Appendix A4 lists those Clauses that either do not apply or that
apply on the date of their next inspection or re-certification.
1.4.5 These Regulations shall be enforced by the relevant Distribution Company in the
Emirate of Abu Dhabi, in accordance with Distribution Company relevant procedures
approved by the DoE, which shall be published by the Distribution Company on their
official website.
1.4.6 Compliance with these Regulations requires compliance with other relevant technical
standards, see Regulation 3.1, References to British Standards or other standards
means the current edition of the standard cited or its replacement. For existing
Electrical Installations Clause 1.4.4 applies.
1.4.7 Failure to comply with these Regulations, or any part thereof, shall be deemed as
contrary to the Law and subject to punishment by the imposition of a fine and/or
administrative sanction. Any such failures will be addressed in accordance with the
Law and Part 15 of these regulations. Action may be taken against any Distribution
Company, Customer, Owner, Licensed Contractor or other person to which these
Regulations apply.
1.4.8 Relaxation of any of the requirements of the Regulations shall be raised to the DoE
for approval via a written request from any Distribution Company, Customer, Owner,
Licensed Contractor or other person. Such requests may be referred to a dispensation
panel established for such purpose by the DoE.
[Note: relaxation requests from a Customer, Owner, Licensed Contractor or other person must
be directed to the relevant Distribution Company in the first instance for assessment by the
Distribution Company in accordance with the procedures published by the Company.]
1.4.9 In the event of a dispute between any parties mentioned in Clause 1.4.1, the matter

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 14 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

may be referred to the DoE to advise a solution or recommended action. This does
not preclude any party referring a matter to the relevant Court of Abu Dhabi.

1.4.10 These Regulations and the rights and duties of any parties thereunder shall be
governed by, construed and applied in accordance with, the Laws of Abu Dhabi
Emirate and the Federal Laws of the UAE as applied by the Courts of Abu Dhabi.
1.4.11 These Regulations may be amended or revoked by the DoE at any time.

1.4.12 Nothing in these Regulations is intended to conflict with, or affect the operation of
any relevant existing Federal or Abu Dhabi Law, Regulation, Decree, Order or other
Ordinance.
1.4.13 Where a conflict appears to exist between these Regulations and other regulations,
codes, or any governmental legislation, the matter should be referred to DoE for a
binding decision in accordance with Part 14 of these Regulations.

1.5 Responsibility for Implementation

1.5.1 All parties mentioned in Clause 1.4.1 are responsible for implementing this document.
1.6 References
Refer to Appendix A2 Recommended Books and references
Refer to Appendix A3 Reference standards
1.7 Distribution
Soft copy of these regulations is available on DoE website

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 15 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

2. Definitions

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 16 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

2. Definitions
2.1 Interpretation
2.1.1 Words defined in this Part begin with capital letters when used in the Regulations. For
example, “all Earth Conductors within Premises shall be ...”.
2.1.2 Terms in common use are not defined here and normal dictionary definitions apply
(e.g. circuit breaker, plug, and conduit).
2.1.3 Words and expressions other than those defined in these Regulations which are defined
in the Law or in Law No (2), shall have the meanings ascribed to them in these laws.
2.1.4 Words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or the singular number
respectively.
2.1.5 Unless otherwise specified, days shall mean calendar days.

2.2 Definitions
Accessory: a device, other than current-using equipment, associated with an Electrical
Installation.
Appliance: an item of current-using equipment.
Arm’s Reach: a zone of accessibility to touch, extending from any point on a surface where
a person may stand or move about, to the limits which such person may reach without
assistance (i.e. without any tool or ladder, etc.). Such a distance may be taken as 2.5m
height from the standing surface, and 1.25m horizontally from the standing position.
Cable Tray: a cable support consisting of a continuous base with raised edges and no
covering. A Cable Tray is considered to be perforated where more than 30% of the material
is removed from the base.
Cable Trunking: a manufactured enclosure for the protection of cables, normally of
rectangular cross-section, of which one side is removable or hinged.
Category 1 Circuit: a Circuit (other than a fire alarm or emergency lighting Circuit) operating at LV.
Category 2 Circuit: a Circuit (other than a fire alarm or emergency lighting Circuit)
which supplies telecommunications equipment (such as telephones, intruder alarms,
data transmission, call bells, etc.).
Category 3 Circuit: a fire alarm or emergency lighting Circuit
Charging Modes: An operating mode in which energy transfer from a power source to the
Electrical Vehicle’s (EV) battery; below are related definitions:
(a) Mode-1: Connection of the EV to the AC supply network utilising standardised socket-
outlets not exceeding 16A and not exceeding a nominal supply Voltage of 230V AC

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 17 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

single-phase or 400V AC three-phase, at the supply side, and utilizing the power and Circuit
Earth Conductors (according to BS EN 61851-1). Mode 1 charging period is relatively long,
typically 6 to 8 hours.
(b) Mode-2: Connection of the EV to the AC supply network utilising standardised socket-
outlets not exceeding 32A and not exceeding a nominal Voltage of 230V AC single-phase
or 400V AC three-phase, at the supply side, and utilizing the power and Circuit Earth
Conductors together with a Control Pilot function and system of personnel protection against
electric shock (RCD) between the EV and the plug or as part of the In-Cable Control Box and
protection device for mode-2 charging of electric road vehicles (IC-CPD) complying with IEC
62752 standard or other similar standards.
(c) Mode-3: Connection of the EV to the AC supply network utilising dedicated EVSE and
a charging cable assembly. The control pilot cable of the charging cable assembly allows
communication between the EVSE and the On-Board Charger of an EV platform functions
including verification of connection with the EV, continuous checking of Circuit Earth
Conductor integrity, energisation and de-energisation of the supply and selection of charging
rate. The charging equipment are typically in the form of charging posts or wall mounted
charging units, and come in a variety of current ratings e.g. 13A, 16A,32A and 250A.
(d) Mode-4: Connection of the EV to the AC supply network utilising an Off-Board Charger
where the Control Pilot function extends to control equipment permanently connected to the
AC supply. In this Mode, Direct Current Electrical Power is delivered to the vehicle. In Mode-
4 either a single-phase or three phase AC is converted to AC within the EVSE. Such charging
equipment units are considered not to be suitable for domestic Electrical Installations due
to the higher Voltages and currents used (typically, 500V, 125A).
Circuit: a set of phase and neutral conductors installed as a group to supply power to a location
and which originate from one Protective Device. The following are related definitions:
(a) Ring Circuit: a Circuit which is wired from a single Protective Device, being run through
an area to be supplied (via appropriate socket-outlets, switched flex outlets, etc.) and
returning back to the same Protective Device, thus forming an electrically continuous loop;
(b) Radial Circuit: a Circuit which is wired in a ‘radial’ or ‘branch’ configuration, emanating
from a Protective Device, to the area to be supplied;
(c) Final Circuit: a Circuit which directly supplies Appliances (normally via socket-outlets,
switched flex outlets, isolators, ceiling roses, etc.); and
Distribution Circuit: a Circuit connecting between Distribution Boards (may also be referred to
as a ‘sub-Circuit’).
Class I Equipment: equipment which includes a means for connection of Exposed-
Conductive- Parts of the equipment to the Earth Conductor, thus providing protection
against electric shock in case of failure of the basic insulation of the equipment or other
fault condition.
Class II Equipment: equipment which does not include a means for connection to an Earth
Conductor, and which provides supplementary insulation in addition to the basic insulation
of the equipment such that a breakdown of the basic insulation will not present a dangerous
Voltage on required to comply with BS 2754. See Appendix A18(b).

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 18 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Class III Equipment: equipment in which protection against electric shock relies on supply at
SELV and in which Voltages higher than SELV are not generated in the equipment, see BS 2754.
Competency Licence: a specific licence issued by a Distribution Company to a Licenced
Contractor assessed as competent for work on LV Electrical Installations
Connected Load: the aggregate load of Appliances and other electrical equipment at a Premises,
summated using the method described under Clause 3.2.7. See Guidance note G2.
Control Pilot: The control conductor in the charging cable assembly connecting the In-Cable
Control Box or the fixed part of the charging facilities, and the EV earth through the control circuitry
on the vehicle. It may be used to perform several functions.
Customer: any person, corporate body, or company who has an agreement with a Distribution
Company for the supply of electricity.
Connection Point (CP): the point which defines the boundary between the Owner’s Electrical Installation
installed at a Premises and the main cable or equipment owned by the Distribution Company.
Danger: risk of injury to people or animals from fire, electric shock, burns, explosion or from
mechanical movement of electrically controlled equipment, or the risk of damage to property.
Direct Contact: the contact with electricity by a person (accidental or otherwise) through the
phase or neutral conductors of an Electrical Installation or Appliance, leading to an electric shock,
see Guidance note G4(a).
Distribution Company: a company or body holding a distribution licence, granted by the DoE,
pursuant to the Law.
Distribution Board: an assembly designed for housing isolation switches and Protective Devices
and for connecting multiple Circuits, including their associated neutral and Earth Conductors. The
following are related definitions:
(a) Main Distribution Board (MDB): the Distribution Board which accepts the main incoming
LV supply from the Distribution Company or Owner’s transformer;
(b) Sub Main Distribution Board (SMDB): any Distribution Board which is neither a Main
Distribution Board nor a Final Distribution Board; and
(c) Final Distribution Board (FDB): a Distribution Board which supplies Final Circuits only.
Diversified Load: the load at a Distribution Board, at the Electricity Intake or at any other point
in an Electrical Installation, calculated using diversity factors as illustrated in Guidance note G2.
DoE: the Department of Energy is the regulator for the Water, Wastewater and Electricity Sector
Double Insulated Equipment: see Class II Equipment.
Earth: the conductive mass of Earth, whose electrical potential (Voltage) at any point is
conventionally taken as zero. The following are related definitions:
(a) Locally Earthed System (TT): a system of supply where the Owner provides a Main
Earth Terminal for the Electrical Installation, which is connected to a sufficient number of
local Earth Electrodes to provide a maximum Earth Resistance measured at the Owner’s
Main Earth Terminal of not more than 10 Ohms.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 19 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

(b) Distribution Company Earthed System (TN-S): a system of supply where the
Distribution Company provides a connection to the Owner’s Main Earth Terminal, using the
distribution network Earthing System
Earthing or Earthed: a general term used to describe the connection of conductive parts of
an Electrical Installation or an Appliance to Earth.
Earth Conductor: a conductor used to connect Exposed- Conductive-Parts of an Electrical
Installation and associated Appliances to Earth, and providing a means for the safe passage
of earth fault current. This includes the following defined terms:
(a) Main Earth Conductor (MEC): conductors connected between Earth Electrodes and
Main Earth Terminals; and
(b) Circuit Earth Conductor (CEC): conductors connecting all Circuits emanating from
Main Distribution Boards, Sub Main Distribution Boards, Final Distribution Boards including
Circuits connecting to equipment and Appliances. Outside these Regulations, these may
also be known as the Circuit Protective Conductor (CPC) or Earth Continuity Conductor
(ECC).
Earth Electrode: a conductor or group of conductors in intimate contact with Earth,
providing an electrical connection to Earth, and normally having a known and measurable
value of Earth Resistance
Earthed Equipotential Bonding (EEB): the connection of Extraneous-Conductive-Parts
within Premises using designated conductors such that potential Touch Voltages are kept to
a safe value during the passage of earth fault current (also known outside these Regulations
as ‘PME Bonding’). This definition includes the following:
(a) Main Equipotential Bonding: the connection of major Extraneous- Conductive- Parts,
such as pipe services and metallic structures, at their point of entry into a premises to the
Main Earth Terminal in an Electrical Installation, using designated conductors; and

(b) Supplementary Equipotential Bonding the connection of Extraneous- Conductive-

Parts with each other or with Exposed-Conductive-Parts within an area where such parts are
simultaneously accessible to persons, such that the potential Touch Voltage during an earth
fault is kept to safe limits.
[Note: for disconnection times greater than 0.4 Sec, a safe Touch Voltage limit may be taken as
50V for dry conditions and 25V for wet conditions.]

Earthed Equipotential Bonded System (EEBS): a system where protection against electric
shock due to Indirect Contact is achieved by the provision of Earthed Equipotential Bonding
conductors, in association with Protective Devices for the automatic disconnection of supply.
Earth Leakage Protection (ELP): the provision of protection against electric shock due
to Indirect Contact by the use of RCDs or other sensitive earth leakage Protective Devices
which automatically disconnect the supply sufficiently quickly so as to prevent Danger to
persons.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 20 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Earth Leakage Protected System (ELPS): a system of supply where Earth Leakage
Protection is provided on Final Circuits and an additional ELP is provided at the Electricity
Intake.
Earth Resistance: the resistance (in Ohms) from any point on an Electrical Installation to
Earth, being measured using an approved testing device and approved procedure.
Earth Fault Loop Impedance (Zs): the total impedance presented to an earth fault current,
comprising the impedance of the following parts of a system, illustrated in Appendix A5(g):
(a) the Circuit Earth Conductor;
(b) the Main Earth Terminal;
(c) the main Earth Conductors connecting to Earth Electrodes or the Distribution Company
Earth;
(d) the path of earth fault current through the general mass of Earth, or through the
conductors or Earth sheath or armouring of the Distribution Company cable;
(e) the neutral Earth connection(s) of the Distribution Company;
(f) the distribution transformer winding; and
(g) the phase conductor of the Circuit back to the point of fault.
Electric Vehicle (EV): Any vehicle propelled by an electric motor drawing current from a
rechargeable storage battery or from other portable energy storage devices (rechargeable,
using energy from a source off the vehicle such as a residential or public electricity services),
which is manufactured primarily for use on public streets, roads or highways such as battery
electric vehicles, hybrid vehicles, plug-in hybrid vehicles, and extended rang electrical
vehicles.
Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE): Conductors, including the phase, neutral and
Circuit Earth Conductors, the EV couplers, attachment plugs, and all other accessories,
devices, power outlets or apparatuses installed specifically for the purpose of delivering
energy from the Premises wiring to the EV and allowing communication between them if
required. Example: wall-box unit and charging pole.
Electricity Intake: a term used to describe the location or room housing the Main Distribution
Board and/or the main cable and equipment owned by a Distribution Company to which the
Electrical Installation of the Premises is connected via a defined Connection Point.
Electrical Installation: an Electrical Installation comprises any fixed or temporary cable,
switchgear or other electrical equipment or apparatus within a Premises or other place
where there is an electricity supply (including outdoor locations). Fixed or portable electrical
Appliances are not considered part of the Electrical Installation, although these Regulations
do include requirements for the connection of Appliances (e.g. plugs and socket-outlets).
Electrical Installation Certificate: a certificate in the format indicated in these
Regulations which is issued by a Licensed Contractor after completion of work on an Electrical
Installation and provided to the Customer or Owner of the Premises
Electricity Distribution Code: a code prepared and maintained by the Distribution

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 21 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Companies detailing technical parameters and other requirements relating to the connection
and the use of the distribution networks owned and operated by the Distribution Companies.
Exposed-Conductive-Part: a conductive part of an Electrical Installation or Appliance
which can be touched by persons and which is not normally live but may become live due
to a fault condition. Exposed-Conductive-Parts are required to be connected to Earth, see
Regulation 6.6.
Extraneous-Conductive-Part: a conductive part, structure or any metalwork within a
Premises which is not part of, and is unrelated to, the Electrical Installation and which is not
designed to carry current, but which may become live due to a fault condition. Extraneous-
Conductive-Parts are required to be connected to Earth for Electrical Installations or parts of
Electrical Installations classified as Earthed Equipotential Bonded Systems, see Regulation
5.5.
Extra-Low Voltage (ELV): see Voltage.
Final Circuit: see Circuit
Functional Earth: an Earth or Earthing system which is provided for special functions (such
as reduction of radio frequency interference, noise filtering for computers, etc.) and which
is separate from other Earth Conductors in an Electrical Installation but is connected to the
Main Earth Terminal.
High Voltage (HV): see Voltage.
In-Cable Control Box: A device incorporated in the charging cable assembly, which
performs control functions and safety functions. Such functions include RCD, over-current,
over-temperature, and protective Earth detection.
Indirect Contact: contact of a person with electricity through Exposed-Conductive-Parts of
an Electrical Installation or Appliance, or through Extraneous-Conductive-Parts in a Premises
which have become live during fault conditions, see Guidance note G4(b).
Law: means Law No (2) of 1998 and Law (11) of 2018 Concerning the Regulation of the
Water, Wastewater and Electricity Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi (as amended).
Licensed Contractor: a person, entity or company, which has been assessed by the
Distribution Company as competent to work on Electrical Installations and issued a
Competency Licence by that Distribution Company.

Low Voltage: see Voltage.

Luminaire: equipment which is designed to house one or more electric lamps and which
may include diffusers, fixtures, transformers and auxiliary Circuits but is taken to exclude
the lamps themselves. Outside of these Regulations, a Luminaire may commonly be referred
to as a ‘light fitting’.
Main Distribution Board: see Distribution Board.
Main Earth Terminal (MET): the main Connection Point at which the nominal value of Earth
Resistance for an Electrical Installation is taken, and to which Earth Conductors from Earth

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 22 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Electrodes or the Distribution Company Earth are connected. This will normally be at or
close to the Connection Point.
Marina: a facility for the mooring of Leisure Crafts which has fixed wharves, jetties, piers
or a pontoon arrangement capable of berthing one or more Leisure Craft. The following are
related definitions:
Leisure Craft: a boat, vessel, yacht, motor launch, houseboat or other floating craft used
exclusively for sport or leisure; and
Pedestal: an electrical service enclosure providing electricity connection to Leisure Crafts
in Marinas.
Off-Board Charger: Charger connected to the Premises wiring of the AC supply network
(mains) and designed to operate entirely off the vehicle. In this case, direct current electrical
power is delivered to the vehicle (e.g. Mode 4).
On-Board Charger: Charger mounted on the vehicle and designed to operate only on the
vehicle.
Owner: the legal owner of the Premises in which an Electrical Installation is
installed
Premises: any occupied or unoccupied land, structure, building, enclosure or other place.
Such locations include, but are not limited to, apartments, villas, offices, shops, warehouses,
hotels, commercial complexes, leisure complexes, public buildings, parks and public realm,
farms, temporary Electrical Installations, entertainment arenas, construction sites, tents,
outbuildings, caravans, roadway lighting and traffic signs.
Prospective Fault Current: the value of current that would flow due to a short-circuit fault
of negligible impedance between live phase conductors, or between phase conductors and
Earth. The maximum Prospective Fault Current for an Electrical Installation is normally taken
at the Connection Point.
Protective Device: a device installed at the start of a Circuit which will automatically
disconnect the input of electricity in the event of a fault or overload occurring on that Circuit.
Such devices include, but are not limited to, fuses, fuse links, miniature circuit breakers
(MCB), moulded case circuit- breakers (MCCB) and Residual Current Devices (RCD).
PV: photovoltaic. The following are related definitions:
(a) AC side: part of a PV installation from the AC terminals of the PV Inverter to the point
of connection of the PV supply cable to the Electrical Installation;
(b) Array: mechanically and electrically integrated assembly of PV Modules, and other
necessary components, to form a DC power supply unit;
(c) Array Junction Box: enclosure where PV Strings of any PV Array are electrically
connected and where devices can be located;
(d) DC side: part of a PV installation from a PV cell to the DC terminals of the PV Inverter;
(e) Inverter: device which converts DC voltage and DC current into AC voltage and AC
current;

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 23 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

(f) Module: smallest completely environmental protected assembly of interconnected

PV cells;
(g) Open Circuit Voltage, Voc: voltage under standard test conditions across unloaded
(open) PV Module, PV String, PV generator, or on the DC side of the PV Inverter;
(h) Short Circuit Current, Isc: short circuit current of a PV Module, PV String, PV Array
or PV generator under standard test conditions; and
(i) String: Circuit in which PV Modules are connected in series, in order for a PV Array
to generate the required output voltage.
Radial Circuit: see Circuit.
Residual Current Device (RCD): a Protective Device which is installed to automatically
isolate the supply to a Circuit or Distribution Board when the vector sum of currents in the
phase and neutral conductors reaches a pre-set value (referred to as the residual operating
current or residual current rating).
Ring Circuit: see Circuit.
Sub Main Distribution Board: see Distribution Board.
Touch Voltage: the Voltage that would appear during an earth fault condition between
Exposed- Conductive-Parts and Extraneous-Conductive-Parts which are simultaneously
accessible to persons.
[Note: this term is used only in connection with protection against Indirect Contact and
is not used to refer to Direct Contact with electricity. The seriousness of impact of Touch
Voltage on a person will depend on the body resistance and the immediate surroundings, in
particular the presence of water. See Guidance note G4(h) and G5(b).
Vehicle Coupler: Means of enabling the manual connection of a flexible cable to an EV for
the purpose of charging.
Vehicle Connector: Part of a Vehicle Coupler integral with, or intended to be attached to,
the flexible cable connected to the AC supply network (mains).
Vehicle Inlet: Part of a Vehicle Coupler incorporated in, or fixed to, the EV or intended to
be fixed to it.
Voltage:
(a) High Voltage (HV): an AC voltage greater than Low Voltage and less than 36kV
between phases or 21kV between any phase and Earth (internationally referred to as
Medium Voltage);
(b) Low Voltage (LV): an AC voltage below 1000V between phases, or below 600V
between any phase and Earth or; a DC voltage below 1500V between conductors, or
below 900V between any conductor and Earth;
(c) Extra-Low Voltage (ELV): a voltage not exceeding 50V AC or 120V DC whether
between live conductors or between live conductors and Earth;

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 24 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

(d) Separated Extra-Low Voltage (SELV): an Extra- Low Voltage system which is
electrically separated from Earth in such a way that a single fault cannot give rise to
the risk of electric shock;
(e) Protective Extra-Low Voltage (PELV): a system which has the same features as
SELV except that connection of Exposed-Conductive-Parts to Earth is allowed; and
(f) Reduced Low Voltage (RLV): a voltage which doesn’t not exceed 55V AC between
phase and Earth or 110V AC between phases.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 25 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

3. General principles and

safety requirements

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 26 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

3. General principles and safety requirements

3.1 Technical standards, materials and workmanship
3.1.1 These Regulations provide guidelines and technical standards which are consistent with
the principles contained in BS 7671:2018 (also known as the IET Wiring Regulations
18th Edition). Where any provision in these Regulations contradicts any provision in
BS 7671, the requirements, standards or specifications under these Regulations shall
apply.
[Note: these Regulations are in some aspects more prescriptive than BS 7671, and take account of
the physical environment of Abu Dhabi Emirate, as well as the typical skills and language diversity
in the region.]
3.1.2 Where a provision or technical requirement is not covered by these Regulations,
BS 7671 may be used as a guideline or specification, with prior approval from the
Distribution Company and the DoE.
3.1.3 All material used in Electrical Installations shall be of good quality and installed in a
neat and orderly manner.
3.1.4 All materials and equipment used in electrical installations shall comply with relevant
international standards which shall be mainly BS (British Standards) or IEC (International
Electrotechnical Commission) standards, as referenced in these Regulations. Other
international standards may be used, in particular where none are specified in these
Regulations, with the prior approval of the Distribution Company and the DoE if
required. A list of BS and IEC standards applying to the main types of equipment is
given in Appendix A3.
3.1.5 The Distribution Company may issue specifications and requirements in relation to
these Regulations, which will be endorsed or approved by the DoE, and provided to
interested parties on request. The Distribution Company shall ensure that any such
specifications or requirements are consistent with these Regulations, unless otherwise
approved by the DoE.
3.1.6 Reference must be made, where relevant, to UAE or Gulf standards which may be
issued from time to time by the Emirates Standardization and Metrology Authority
(ESMA).
3.2 Approval of Electrical Installations
3.2.1 Any Owner requiring a new connection or alteration to an existing connection must
make an application to the Distribution Company using the appropriate forms and
procedures published by the Company.
3.2.2 The design of an Electrical Installation must be approved by the Distribution Company
before commencement of construction. Details of the design must be submitted,
together with appropriate calculations and wiring diagrams, using the standard
symbols shown in Appendix A11.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 27 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

[Note: even though the relevant Distribution Company approves the design of Electrical Installations,
this does not relieve the Owner and associated Licensed Contractor from the obligation to fully
comply with these Regulations.]
3.2.3 For large developments, the Owner may, with the prior approval of the DoE and the
Distribution Company, enter into an undertaking with the Distribution Company to the
effect that all parts of an Electrical Installation downstream from the Connection Point
shall comply with these Regulations. Any such approval, including as to the form of
undertaking, will be at the discretion of the DoE and the Distribution Company. If given,
the Owner will not be required to submit details of the Electrical Installation design to
the Distribution Company for prior approval. A decision by the DoE and the Distribution
Company to allow the Owner to self-certify the design of an Electrical Installation shall
not have any bearing on any inspection of the Electrical Installation by the Distribution
Company, and the Owner shall rectify any non-compliance identified by the Distribution
Company (either in the pre-energisation inspection or upon any other inspection) at its
own cost and within the timeframes specified by the Distribution Company or set out
in these Regulations.
3.2.4 Notwithstanding Clause 3.2.3, in all instances the Owner, designer and associated
Licensed Contractor are responsible for ensuring that the design, construction and
installation of Electrical Installations complies with these Regulations.
3.2.5 New Electrical Installations must be inspected and tested by the Distribution Company
in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 8 of these Regulations, prior to and
upon energisation.
3.2.6 The Distribution Company may, where appropriate, seek evidence of compliance against
relevant standards of equipment and components used in the Electrical Installation.
3.2.7 The Owner must provide an estimate of the Connected Load at the Premises, including
at each Distribution Board. In addition, the Diversified Load for the whole Premises
and at each Distribution Board, must be calculated by the Owner’s appointed Licensed
Contractor (i.e. design engineer or other qualified person) and submitted in the format
given in Appendix A20(e), see Guidance note G2.
3.3 Extensions, alterations and repairs
3.3.1 No extension or alteration to an Electrical Installation may be made without prior
notification to the Distribution Company or without approval, testing and certification
in accordance with Regulation 3.2.
3.3.2 All extensions or alterations to an existing Electrical Installation must comply with the
requirements of these Regulations.
3.3.3 Notwithstanding Clause 3.3.1 and 3.3.2, repairs to existing Electrical Installations may
be made using standards of equipment compliant with the original Electrical Installation,
but limited to work of an essential nature on a like-for-like basis. Work on any part of
the Electrical Installation other than Final Circuits, including any Distribution Board and
any items at the Electricity Intake, must be notified to the Distribution Company.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 28 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

3.3.4 Any proposed increase greater than 10% of the total Connected Load at a Premises, or
greater than 10% of the Connected Load at any Distribution Board, must be approved
by the Distribution Company.
3.4 Licensed Contractors
3.4.1 Work on Electrical Installations may only be carried out by Licensed Contractors who
have been assessed and approved by the Distribution Company.
3.4.2 The process for approval of Licensed Contractors shall be published by the Distribution
Company as amended from time to time subject to DoE approval.
3.4.3 A register of Licensed Contractors shall be kept up-to-date by the Distribution Company
and provided on request to any person.
3.5 Requirements for safety
3.5.1 The provisions of these Regulations require that all Electrical Installations are designed
and constructed so as to ensure the safety of all persons who may operate, maintain or
otherwise use or be affected by any part of an Electrical Installation. In addition to the
requirements detailed under the relevant sections of these Regulations, the following
general safety principles shall apply.
[Note: these Regulations do not include detailed requirements for the maintenance of Electrical
Installations. However, the maintainability of Electrical Installations must be adequately catered
for in their design and construction. In addition, the requirements for periodic inspection and
testing, as detailed in Part 8, may give rise to the need for maintenance and repair work.]
3.5.2 All parts of an Electrical Installation shall be designed and constructed so as to prevent
Danger.
3.5.3 All parts of an Electrical Installation shall be sufficiently sized and rated to safely carry
out the function for which they are required.
3.5.4 All parts of an Electrical Installation shall be insulated appropriately according to the
function they serve and in consideration of the expected operating environment, so as
to prevent Danger.
[Note: for areas classified as explosive or flammable, the requirements of BS EN 60079 shall be
satisfied.]
3.5.5 All Exposed-Conductive-Parts of an Electrical Installation and of Appliances must be
connected to Earth via appropriate Earth Conductors, so as to protect against electric
shock, see Regulation 6.6.
3.5.6 Except in specified circumstances, all Electrical Installations shall be provided with
Earth Leakage Protection at the source of supply, at all Final Circuits and at other
appropriate points. In addition, Earth Equipotential Bonding shall be provided, see
Clause 5.3.4.
3.5.7 All Electrical Installations must be protected against damage caused by excess current
due to a fault or overload by suitable Protective Devices, see Regulation 5.2.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 29 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

3.5.8 All Electrical Installations must be provided with a means of isolating the electricity
supply at suitable sections, subsections and Circuits, and at points where Appliances
are used, see Regulation 5.6.
3.5.9 All parts of an Electrical Installation must be suitably located so as to provide safe
access for operation, maintenance and repair and must be protected against accidental
or deliberate interference or damage.
3.5.10 Electrical Installations must be designed and constructed with particular consideration
given to the risk of fire due to electrical faults and the propagation of fire through
parts of the Electrical Installation. See Clauses 6.1.1(c), 7.2.4, 7.4.5, 7.4.15, 7.5.3, 7.5.4,
8.2.1(g) and 11.2.1.
3.5.11 All Electrical Installations must be inspected and tested at the time of first commissioning
and at regular intervals thereafter to ensure ongoing safety, as detailed under Part 8
of these Regulations.
3.5.12 Inspection and testing of Electrical Installations must be carried out by suitably qualified
and competent persons with due skill and care to avoid Danger to persons, property
and installed equipment.
3.5.13 Additional requirements for safety in special locations are covered in Part 9.
3.6 Labelling and identification
3.6.1 Electrical Installations at the Electricity Intake room must be suitably labelled so as to
give information on the electricity supply parameters, the source of supply, location
in relation to other Electrical Installations, assets ownership, authorised personnel
contact details and any special precautions to be taken. See example in Appendix
A12(a).
[Note: special precautions would include information on other sources of electricity such as local
generation or interconnection with other Premises.]
3.6.2 The means of isolation from all sources of electricity must be clearly labelled and
accessible to authorised persons, see Regulation 5.6.
3.6.3 The provision of Earth Leakage Protection (as required under Clause 5.3.4) must be
clearly indicated at appropriate isolation points, including a notice informing Owners
of the need for regular testing of RCD devices, see Appendix A12(c).
3.6.4 Individual Circuits (including neutral and Earth Conductors) must be identified by
numbering at the source end and where appropriate, at intervals along the route, see
Guidance note G7(f).
3.6.5 For non-domestic Electrical Installations, all Accessories and fittings must be marked
with Circuit identification numbers.
[Note: Circuit identification numbers must indicate the Distribution Board from which an Accessory
or fitting is supplied, and may be fixed externally or internally, i.e. either outside or inside cover
plates.]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 30 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

3.6.6 Load distribution schedules, as shown in Appendix A20(e), must be provided at each
Distribution Board. An overall wiring diagram showing the Connection Point(s), the
location and interconnection of Distribution Boards must be provided at the Electricity
Intake.
3.6.7 Where parts of an Electrical Installation are accessible or visible to the general public
they must be labelled with a warning: “LIVE – 230/400 VOLTS – DANGER OF DEATH”
or similar wording. This warning must be written in English and Arabic, see example in
Appendix A12(a).
However, parts of Final Circuits and other points of normal use may be excluded from
this requirement.
3.7 Environmental conditions
3.7.1 All parts of an Electrical Installation must be suitably designed, constructed and
maintained so as to operate safely and carry out their designed function in the
expected operating environment. The following environmental conditions may be used
as a guide if no other special factors apply:
(a) maximum ground temperature (at 1m depth): 35˚C;
(b) soil resistivity: according to local conditions;
(c) weather: mainly sunny, occasional fog (causing condensation on outdoor equipment), and
occasional sandstorms;
(d) air quality: frequently dusty, corrosive in coastal areas;
(e) maximum humidity: 100%; and
(f) maximum ambient (air) temperatures:
- outdoor (shaded): 50˚C
- outdoor (unshaded): temperature rise due to solar gain must be calculated for the relevant
equipment or the maximum ‘black bulb’ temperature may be used (typically 10˚C above
ambient temperature)
- indoor (not air conditioned): 40˚C
- indoor (air conditioned): 30˚C
[Note: in some situations, the ambient temperature for indoor non-air-conditioned situations may
reach the outdoor shaded temperature e.g. a small prefabricated building with little ventilation, or
a garage which is open to the atmosphere.]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 31 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

4. Electricity parameters
and Electricity Intake

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 32 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

4. Electricity parameters and

Electricity Intake
4.1 Electricity parameters
4.1.1 The parameters for electricity supplies provided in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi are defined
in the Electricity Supply Regulations, issued by the DoE.
Voltage and frequency
4.1.2 The nominal Voltage at LV shall be 230V single-phase or 400V three-phase.
4.1.3 The permissible variation from the nominal Voltage shall be kept within + 10% and - 6%.
4.1.4 The nominal frequency shall be 50Hz.
Harmonics, voltage disturbances and power factor
4.1.5 Electrical Installations and the use of electrical equipment therein, must be designed
to avoid the generation of disturbances in the electricity supply voltage. These may
include voltage fluctuations, voltage dips, voltage unbalance and harmonics, which
are of a magnitude that adversely affects the Customers of the Distribution Company.
4.1.6 The permitted limits of such disturbances are given in the Electricity Distribution Code,
Annex
1. Owners will be required to install filters or other equipment to mitigate against such
disturbances that are outside the permitted limits (as explained in the Electricity
Distribution Code).
4.1.7 The power factor at the Connection Point between the Distribution Company and the
Owner’s Electrical Installation shall be maintained between 0.9 lagging and unity.
Power factor correction equipment must be used where required to achieve this value,
see Part 10.
Prospective Fault Current
4.1.8 The maximum three-phase Prospective Fault Current at LV shall be 46kA (1 Sec) at the
LV busbar of the Distribution Company’s HV/LV substation, or 30kA (1 Sec) at a LV
feeder pillar, or 25kA (1 Sec) at a LV service turret or such lower value as otherwise
agreed between the Distribution Company and the Owner.
4.2 Electricity Intake
4.2.1 The Electricity Intake must be positioned in a dedicated room or housing and would
typically be made from concrete block, brick or similar construction.
[Note: where prefabricated enclosures are used, the enclosures must be verified in accordance
with the relevant international standards and be approved by the Distribution Company prior to
installation.]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 33 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

4.2.2 Other than in exceptional circumstances, and with prior approval from the Distribution
Company, there shall be only one Electricity Intake for any Premises.
4.2.3 The Electricity Intake must be positioned in an area which is readily accessible to
Distribution Company staff and other authorised persons, particularly in an emergency,
and must be at or close to the outside perimeter of a Premises.
4.2.4 The Electricity Intake must not be positioned in an area controlled by one of the tenants
in a multi-occupancy building.
4.2.5 Equipment at the Electricity Intake must be located in a safe and accessible position,
and kept clear of obstructions at all times.
4.2.6 The use of Electricity Intake rooms as storage rooms for any tools, equipment or other
materials is prohibited.
4.2.7 The Electricity Intake must not be located on the reverse side of a bathroom or kitchen
wall, or below a bathroom or kitchen. The Electricity Intake must not be located below
any water services or pipes, such as mains water supply, drainage systems, storage
tanks, air conditioning chillers, or other liquids or hazardous materials.
4.2.8 The Electricity Intake room must be well ventilated, preferably without the need for
forced air circulation. Where air conditioning is required in the Electricity Intake room,
the requirement for fresh air circulation must also be provided to avoid condensation.
[Note: consideration must be given to the relevant UAE fire code requirements.]
4.2.9 At least one emergency lighting unit must be fitted in all Electricity Intake rooms, which
must be provided with a battery rated for minimum 3 hours’ illumination, and subject
to adequate routine maintenance.
4.2.10 Doors to Electricity Intake rooms must be arranged to open outwards, be kept free
from obstructions, and be capable of being opened from the inside without the use of
a key.
4.2.11 The need for delivery of heavy equipment to the Electricity Intake room during
construction and for future repair or alterations must be taken into account in the
location of the Electricity Intake room.
4.2.12 For Electricity Intake rooms greater than 6 m in length, more than one door shall be
provided as a means of emergency access.
4.2.13 Electrical Installation layouts and minimum sizes of the Electricity Intake are given in
Appendix A12(b) and A12(d).
4.2.14 For large Electrical Installations, the Electricity Intake may contain one or more LV
switchboards, the requirements for which are given in Regulation 7.9.
4.2.15 Where a HV/LV substation is required within the Premises, the design and construction
requirements for the substation will be specified by the Distribution Company.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 34 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

4.3 The Connection Point

4.3.1 Equipment at the Connection Point must be locked or sealed by the Distribution
Company to prevent deliberate or accidental interference. Such locks or seals will
include those for metering equipment, etc.
4.3.2 The Owners’ Main Distribution Board must always include a means of emergency
isolation in the case of a fault or breakdown (e.g. main circuit breaker) which is readily
accessible and clearly labelled so as to be easily operated by the Owner. Such means
of emergency isolation must be left unlocked at all times, except when locked in the
open position to allow access to the Electrical Installation (e.g. for maintenance).
4.4 Multiple occupancy Premises
4.4.1 Individual Customers within multiple occupancy Premises may be supplied by the
Premises Owner’s Electrical Installation consisting of rising and lateral mains (cabling
or busbars). Rising and lateral mains will normally be owned and operated by the
Premises Owner.
4.4.2 The electricity metering for individual Customers for a rising or lateral mains system will
normally be at the point nearest to each Customer, remote from the main Electricity
Intake.
4.5 Metering requirements
4.5.1 The requirements for Customer metering are contained in the Customer Metering
Regulations, issued by the DoE. Additional detailed requirements and procedures will
be provided by the Distribution Company where required.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 35 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

5. Protection

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 36 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

5. Protection
5.1 General principles
5.1.1 All Electrical Installations and individual Circuits therein must be designed, constructed
and maintained to provide protection against the following:
(a) overload;
(b) short-circuits (phase to phase or phase to Earth); and
(c) electric shock (due to Direct or Indirect Contact with electricity).
5.1.2 Protection against conditions of overload and short-circuit will normally be provided
by MCBs, MCCBs or similar devices, see Regulation 5.2 .
5.1.3 Protection of persons against electric shock due to Direct Contact or Indirect Contact
must be provided by one of the methods detailed in Regulation 5.3.
[Note: see Guidance note G4(a) and G4(b) for explanation of Direct and Indirect Contact.]
5.2 Overload and short-circuit protection
5.2.1 All Electrical Installations and individual Circuits therein must be provided with devices
that protect against thermal, electromagnetic and other detrimental effects caused
by overload and short-circuits. Such devices must be located at suitable sections and
Circuits so as to give effective automatic disconnection in such conditions.
5.2.2 The main circuit-breaker at the Connection Point must be of MCCB or ACB type and
adequately rated for the maximum Prospective Fault Current.
5.2.3 All Circuits must be individually protected against overloads and short-circuits by suitable
devices. Replaceable or re-wireable fuse links are not permitted for this purpose.
5.2.4 The time-current performance characteristics of Protective Devices must conform to
the relevant reference standards listed in Appendix A3.
[Note: the time-current performance curves for MCBs are shown in Appendix A6(a) – (d).]
5.2.5 To ensure protection against overload, Circuit conductors must be sized taking into
account the time-current characteristic of the Protective Device.
[Note: see note 2 of Appendix A6(f).]
5.2.6 Protective Devices at the Main Distribution Board must have a Prospective Fault
Current withstand and interruption rating above the maximum Prospective Fault
Current declared by the Distribution Company for the relevant Connection Point.
5.2.7 Protective Devices downstream of the Main Distribution Board may have a reduced
Prospective Fault Current withstand and interruption rating, taking into account
the ‘energy let-through’ characteristic (I2t) of the upstream Protective Device, see
Appendix A6(e). Where appropriate, an allowance may also be made for the attenuation
of Prospective Fault Current due to the Circuit impedance.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 37 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

5.3 Electric shock protection

Direct Contact
5.3.1 Protection of persons against the risk of Direct Contact with electricity must be
provided by either physically preventing contact or by an inherently safe systems of
supply, using one or more of the following measures:
(a) insulated conductors, see Regulation 5.7;
(b) secure enclosures, barriers or covers on live parts;
(c) Separate Extra-Low Voltage (SELV) system; or
(d) Protective Extra-Low Voltage (PELV) system.
[Note: SELV conductors at voltages of 12V AC or 30V DC may be un-insulated but must be provided
with overload and short-circuit protection.]
5.3.2 Residual Current Devices with a residual current rating of 30mA and complying with
BS EN 61008 and BS IEC 1008 may be used as a means of supplementary protection
against Direct Contact. However, RCDs may not be used as the sole means of protection
against Direct Contact i.e. one of items (a) to (d) above must be used in addition to
RCD protection.
[Note: RCD devices with a residual current rating above 30mA are not considered to provide
adequate protection against Direct Contact but may be used to provide protection against Indirect
Contact – see Regulation 5.4. It should be noted that RCD devices do not protect against electric
shock between phase conductors or between phase conductors and neutral.]
Indirect Contact
5.3.3 Indirect Contact with electricity can occur when a Voltage appears on Earthed parts
of an Electrical Installation or Appliance due to the passage of earth fault current and
whilst a person is in contact with either:
(a) an Exposed-Conductive-Part and an Extraneous-Conductive-Part; or
(b) an Exposed-Conductive-Part and Earth; or
(c) an Extraneous-Conductive-Part and Earth.
5.3.4 Protection against the risk of electric shock in the above cases must be provided by:
(a) an Earth Leakage Protected System, where RCDs or similar devices are provided
at Final Circuits and additional RCDs or other sensitive Earth Leakage Protection is
provided at the Electricity Intake, see Regulation 5.4; and
(b) an Earthed Equipotential Bonded System, see Regulation 5.5.
[Note: short-circuit Protection Devices provide the primary means of clearance of earth faults
within 0.4 Sec, which will require the Earth Fault Loop Impedance to be sufficiently low for this to
occur. ELP devices provide a secondary means of earth fault clearance.]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 38 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

5.4 Earth Leakage Protected Systems

5.4.1 An Earth Leakage Protected System (ELPS) is defined as one where protection against
Indirect Contact is provided by the use of RCDs or other similar devices on all Final
Circuits and ELP is provided at the Electricity Intake. Such a system is required to
automatically disconnect the supply at a Final Circuit or at the Electricity Intake
sufficiently quickly so as to prevent Danger.
5.4.2 For Final Circuits, ELP devices must be of the RCD type whereby the device will trip if
the vector sum of currents carried by the phase and neutral conductors is above a pre-
set value, see Guidance note G5(c). Voltage-operated earth leakage devices (ELCB) are
not permitted.
5.4.3 RCD devices for Final Circuits must have a time-current performance characteristic
complying with BS EN 61008 and BS IEC 1008. This requires that the device must
operate within 200 milliseconds at its residual current rating and within 40 milliseconds
at 5 times its residual current rating. It must not operate below 50% of its residual
current rating, see Guidance note G5(a).
[Note: Earth Leakage Protection Devices provide protection against electric shock by limiting the
time that current may pass through the body of a person to Earth; they do not limit the magnitude
of current, except by the feature of early cut-off for a rising current. In addition, ELP devices provide
protection against ‘high resistance’ earth faults that may persist in an Electrical Installation if the
fault current is too low to operate overcurrent devices such as MCBs. Such faults may cause
overheating of Circuits or connections and lead to a fire.]
5.4.4 For Final Circuits which are liable to carry pulsating or DC currents, RCD devices must
be of type A (pulsating DC sensitivity) and for RCD devices requiring time-delayed
operation, type S devices must be used, see Guidance note G5(d).
5.4.5 Earth Leakage Protection provided at the Electricity Intake must be set to discriminate
with RCDs at Final Circuits (i.e. earth faults on Final Circuits must be automatically
disconnected by the closest RCD). See Appendix A5(m) and Guidance note G4(e).
[Note: such discrimination may be provided by time-delayed RCD’s, earth fault relays or other
suitable devices fitted at each incoming and outgoing Protective Device at the Electricity Intake.]
5.4.6 The operating current setting for ELP devices at the Electricity Intake must take into
account the nature of the Electrical Installation (e.g. commercial, industrial, etc.), the
likelihood and magnitude of earth fault currents, and the requirement for protection
against Indirect Contact, see Appendix A5(m) and Guidance note G4(f).
[Note: where the Electricity Intake consists of a multi-panel LV switchboard, the incoming and
each outgoing Protective Device of the LV switchboard should be fitted with ELP devices in order
to limit the extent of power interruptions. These ELP devices should provide full discrimination
between the upstream and downstream devices.]
5.4.7 At each Distribution Board, or other point where a RCD is provided, a suitable label
must be affixed to inform the Owner of the characteristics and mode of operation of
the device and the need for routine testing, see Appendix A12(c).

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 39 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

5.4.8 For domestic Premises the residual current rating for RCDs must be no greater than
100mA for Final Circuits supplying fixed equipment (e.g. lighting and air conditioning)
and no greater than 30mA for Final Circuits where Appliances may be used by persons
(e.g. all socket- outlets, all kitchen Appliances, other Appliances accessible to persons),
and no greater than 30mA for all Circuits in a bathroom, see Regulation 9.3. A full list
of applications and residual current ratings is provided in Appendix A5(m).
5.4.9 Special Circuits within Premises, where there would be significant detriment or Danger
from the tripping of the Earth Leakage Protection, may be excluded from the zone of
Earth Leakage Protection. Such instances may include Circuits supplying data centres
or fire protection equipment or safety alarms (not security alarms) or unoccupied sites
(such as telecommunications stations, water pumping stations, etc.). All such cases
must be declared in the Electrical Installation Certificate for the site and approved by
the Distribution Company. In these cases, the requirements for an Earthed Equipotential
Bonded System must be met for the relevant Circuits, see Regulation 5.5.
[Note: Earth leakage alarm must be provided for Circuits which are excluded from the zone of
Earth Leakage Protection (e.g. an alarm does not cause tripping of the Circuit but gives an audible
and visible warning to appropriate persons in the Premises. This alarm should be transmitted back
to the building management system where fitted.]
5.4.10 Final Circuits with high Earth leakage currents (e.g. electronic equipment or industrial
machinery) may be provided with ELP devices with higher residual current ratings, up
to 500mA. These must be clearly stated on the Electrical Installation Certificate.
5.4.11 Notwithstanding Clauses 5.4.9 and 5.4.10, all Circuits from which portable Appliances
may be used, or any outdoor equipment accessible to persons, must be provided with
Earth Leakage Protection devices with a residual current rating no greater than 30mA.
5.5 Earthed Equipotential Bonded Systems
5.5.1 An Earthed Equipotential Bonded System (EEBS) is defined as one where protection
against Indirect Contact is provided by the installation of Earthed Equipotential
Bonding such that Voltage rises between Exposed-Conductive-Parts and Extraneous-
Conductive-Parts are kept to a safe value for the duration of an earth fault (i.e. the time
it takes for the relevant Protective Device to trip).
[Note: an EEB system relies on the principle that all Exposed-Conductive-Parts and Extraneous-
Conductive-Parts which are accessible to persons are connected to the Main Earth Terminal and
therefore the prospective Touch Voltage between them is limited to a value which is safe when
taking into account the operating time of the relevant Protective Device. In addition, it is assumed
that a person cannot be in contact with Earth whilst touching any Conductive Part in a Premises –
see Guidance notes G4(b) and G4(h).]
5.5.2 For an EEB system, the operating characteristics of Protective Devices must limit the
duration of any earth fault to less than 0.4 Sec for all Circuits supplying an Electrical
Installation.
5.5.3 The most commonly used method for checking the prospective fault duration is by
reference to data on the limiting values of earth fault loop impedance for the Protective
Device concerned. For MCBs this is provided in Appendix A5(h), taken from BS 7671.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 40 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

5.5.4 Main Equipotential Bonding Conductors must be installed from the Main Earth Terminal
to connect metallic service pipes and other Extraneous-Conductive-Parts at points
closest to the entry of such parts to a Premise. See Guidance notes G4(c).
5.5.5 In high risk areas, Supplementary Equipotential Bonding must be provided so that the
Touch Voltage between Exposed-Conductive-Parts and Extraneous-Conductive- Parts
is kept to safe limits for the duration of an earth fault.
[Note: high risk areas may include bathrooms, kitchens, laboratories, garages, confined spaces
or other locations where the normal resistance of the body is reduced or the consequence of an
electric shock may lead to another accident, such as fall from a height. For disconnection times
greater than 0.4 Sec, safe Touch Voltage limits may be taken as 50V for dry conditions and 25V
for wet conditions.]
5.5.6 The method for calculation of Touch Voltage between Exposed-Conductive-Parts and
Extraneous-Conductive- Parts is illustrated in Guidance note G4(h).
5.5.7 Items requiring Equipotential Bonding may include metallic pipes (particularly those
connected to underground services such as water supply), steel beams, water
tanks, baths, sinks and washbasins. An illustration of typical Equipotential Bonding
arrangements is given in Guidance note G4(c).
5.5.8 It is not necessary to provide Equipotential Bonding for standalone metallic items
which:
(a) do not pose any risk of providing a conductive path to Earth (are isolated from
Earth);
(b) do not pose any risk of providing a conductive path to any other Earthed part of the
Electrical Installation;
(c) do not pose any risk of becoming live as a result of an electrical fault in the Electrical
Installation (i.e. are sufficiently remote from any Circuit or Appliance); or
(d) are out of reach of any person.

[Note: such items may include metal doors, window frames, handrails, inaccessible structural
beams, small metallic fixings such as screws and brackets.]
5.5.9 Where Circuit conductors are installed close to or within items of metalwork (such
as mentioned in Clause 5.5.7) consideration must be given to provide additional
protection or double insulation of such conductors.
[Note: examples include situations where cables pass through walls containing steel frames, metal
door frames, metallic floor grids, suspended ceilings, etc.]
5.5.10 The sizing of Equipotential Bonding Conductors is given in Appendix A5(j).
5.5.11 The point of connection of an Equipotential Bonding Conductor to any item must be
labelled: SAFETY EARTH BONDING – DO NOT REMOVE, as illustrated in Appendix A5(d).
[Note: Clamps for Earthing and bonding shall be in accordance with BS 951.]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 41 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

5.6 Isolation and switching

5.6.1 All Electrical Installations must be provided with a means of safe isolation at the
Electricity Intake, which must be lockable or otherwise provided with a means of
preventing interference (e.g. by the removal of operating handles into the safe custody
of a responsible person).
5.6.2 An Electrical Installation must be further sectionalised by means of isolation at the
origin of each Circuit, in order to provide ease of access for safe working.
5.6.3 All mechanical equipment should be provided with a means of isolation close to the equipment
which can be locked and kept under the control of the person performing maintenance. This
isolation must be effective on all phases and neutral of the supply, must be clearly marked
and must be located in an easily accessible position, see Guidance note G9.
5.6.4 Water heaters, air-conditioning units, fan-coil units, motors and other similar items
must be provided with double pole isolation (or 4 pole isolation for 3-phase items) to
ensure safe access for the purpose of maintenance and repair.
[Note: double-pole isolation may be provided by a plug and socket-outlet arrangement.]
5.6.5 All socket-outlets, flex outlets or other connection point to an Appliance or other
electrical equipment must be provided with a switch as a means of isolation. Such
switches must be provided with a neon indicator where it is desirable to have a visual
indication of the presence or absence of power (e.g. fridge, gas or smoke alarm, and
water heater).
5.6.6 In addition to the above, emergency switching (e.g. push-button switch) must be
provided for moving machinery which may require immediate switch off from the
supply in the case of an accident or other situation to avoid Danger. Such equipment
may include large motors, ventilation equipment, industrial machinery, etc. Emergency
push switches, must be clearly marked and must be located in an easily accessible
position, see Guidance note G9.
5.6.7 Emergency switches must be designed so that their operation retains the switch in
the off position until it is intentionally unlocked or reset. The release of the emergency
switch must not automatically restart the related Appliance or machinery.
5.6.8 Functional switching devices required for control or operation of equipment and not
for safety reasons need not comply with the requirements of Clauses 5.6.1 to 5.6.7.
5.6.9 Semiconductor devices cannot be used as a means of isolation for safety.
5.7 Insulation
5.7.1 All Electrical Installations must be sufficiently insulated to protect against electric shock
from Direct Contact by any person (Clause 5.3.1). Such insulation must be capable
of withstanding wear and tear during normal use of the equipment. Supplementary
insulation or ‘double insulation’ may be used where additional robustness is required.
5.7.2 The application of paints, resins, varnishes and similar materials is not considered to
satisfy the requirements of Clause 5.7.1 and additional insulation, barriers or obstacles
are required to prevent Direct Contact by any person.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 42 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

[Note: an example may be a motor winding which is enamelled or resin coated and therefore must
be guarded against Direct Contact by persons.]
5.7.3 Live conductors are required to be inaccessible without the use of a special key or tool,
available only to authorised persons and only for the purpose of testing, using special
equipment and procedures.
5.7.4 Uninsulated equipment may be used at voltages not exceeding 12V AC or 30V DC and
only where supplied by a SELV source, see Regulation 9.1.
5.7.5 The insulation resistance of Circuit conductors must be measured and recorded as
part of the test procedures given in Part 8 and must be greater than the values given
in Appendix A19(f).
5.7.6 Where an Electrical Installation is supplied by underground cables, no special provisions
are required for protection against over-voltages arising from atmospheric origin or
from switching. Where an Electrical Installation is supplied by overhead lines, advice
should be sought from the Distribution Company or the requirements of BS 7671 –
Chapter 44 may be used.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 43 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

6. Earthing

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 44 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

6. Earthing
6.1 General principles
6.1.1 Earthing of Exposed-Conductive-Parts of an Electrical Installation and of Appliances in
a Premises is required and must provide the following functions of safety:
(a) allow the passage of fault current in the event of a live conductor touching an
Exposed- Conductive- Part;
(b) ensure that the magnitude of fault current is sufficient to operate Protective Devices
within 0.4 Sec for all parts of an Electrical Installation; and
(c) ensure that, in association with Protective Devices, a ‘high resistance’ fault to Earth
does not persist so as to cause overheating or fire.
6.1.2 The necessary requirements to achieve the above functions of safety are detailed in
the following sections.
6.2 Systems of Earthing
6.2.1 The following types of system Earthing are considered in these Regulations:
(a) Locally Earthed System (TT): the Owner provides a Main Earth Terminal for the
Electrical Installation, which is connected to a sufficient number of local Earth
Electrodes to provide a maximum Earth Resistance measured at the Owner’s Main
Earth Terminal no greater than 10 Ohms (referred to in BS 7671 as a ‘TT’ system);
and
(b) Distribution Company Earthed System (TN-S): the Distribution Company provides
a connection to the Owner’s Main Earth Terminal, using the distribution network
Earthing system, normally via the armouring or metallic sheath of the incoming
connection cable (referred to in BS 7671 as a TN-S system). The Distribution
Company system is Earthed at the distribution transformer and separate Earth and
neutral conductors are used throughout the distribution network.
[Note: these types of Earthing systems are illustrated in Appendix A5(a) – A5(c). Earth Resistance
values of less than 10 Ohms may be specified by the designer for purposes such as Functional
Earthing or for specialist installations such as petrol stations, telecommunications sites, etc.]
6.2.2 The Earthing system to be used in Abu Dhabi Emirate is a combination of both TN-S
and TT. The use of any other system of Earthing must be approved by the Distribution
Company. The type of Earthing system must be stated on the Electrical Installation
Certificate and clearly labelled at the Main Distribution Board.
6.2.3 In all cases, the neutral and Earth Conductors must be kept separate and not connected
together at the MET or at any other point downstream from the Owner’s Connection
Point.
6.3 Main Earth Terminal
6.3.1 The Owner’s Electrical Installation must include a Main Earth Terminal located close to
or within the Main Distribution Board and must be clearly labelled.
6.3.2 The Locally Earthed System (TT) and the Distribution Company Earthed System (TN-S)
shall be connected to the MET.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 45 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

6.3.3 A means of removing the connection to the Locally Earthed System (TT) and the
connection to the Distribution Company’s Earthed System (TN-S) (such as by a
removable metal link) must be provided at the Main Earth Terminal to facilitate testing
of the Earthing conductivity within the Electrical Installation and the Locally Earthed
System (TT), see Appendix A5(e).
6.3.4 The Earth Resistance of the Locally Earthed System (TT) measured at the MET must be
recorded on the Electrical Installation Certificate in accordance with the procedures
described in Part 8. Methods of measuring Earth Resistance are shown in Appendix A19(a).
6.4 Earth Electrodes
6.4.1 A Locally Earthed System (TT) must be provided at all Premises.
6.4.2 For Premises consisting of more than one building, a Locally Earthed System (TT) must be
provided at each building that is at a distance of more than 30m from the Electricity Intake.
6.4.3 Earth Electrodes will normally comprise of 15mm diameter steel-cored copper rods
driven to a minimum depth of 3m. The top of each Earth Electrode must be housed inside
a 300mm x 300mm x 300mm inspection pit, which is clearly labelled and accessible
for routine testing, see Appendix A5(d). Alternative types of Earth Electrodes may be
used with prior approval of the Distribution Company (e.g. plate or wire mesh type, or
structural steelwork in a building).
6.4.4 Where more than one Earth Electrode is required to achieve the required Earth 6.4.4
Resistance value, these must be separated at a distance greater than their mutual
resistance zone
[Note: a minimum separation of twice the Earth Electrode depth is considered to give adequate
separation of the mutual resistance zones. See BS 7430 for further advice on spacing of Earth
Electrodes.]
6.4.5 The condition of the ground in which an Earth Electrode is placed must be taken into
account to ensure its long-term performance. In particular, potential corrosion effects
and ground moisture content is of critical importance. Proprietary chemical or salt
materials may be used around the Earth Electrode to maintain moisture content but
these must be stable and sustain their chemical properties over time.
[Note: consideration to be given to the use of stainless steel rods in coastal regions.]
6.4.6 For supplies of 500A rating and above, at least two independent Earth Electrodes
must be provided, regardless of the Earth Resistance value achieved for each Earth
Electrode, and connected to the same Main Earth Terminal, see Appendix A5(k).
6.4.7 Metallic service pipes (such as water, gas, etc.) must not be used as Earth Electrodes.
6.4.8 The use of structural foundations or piles as an Earth Electrode shall be in accordance
with the requirement of BS 7430 and be subjected to all of the following conditions:
(a) adequate precautions against the possibility of electrolysis and consequential
degradation of the metal (e.g. corrosion, continuous DC earth leakage current);
(b) electrical continuity between all metalwork forming part of the Earth Electrode is
maintained (e.g. welding, clamping or bonding links across structural joints);
(c) provision for measuring and monitoring the Earth Resistance value at regular intervals;
(d) prior approval of the design by the Distribution Company;

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 46 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

(e) the consent of the Owner of the Premises; and

(f) the consent of the Premises structural engineer.
6.5 Earth Conductors
6.5.1 In these Regulations the following terminology is used to refer to Earth Conductors in
an Electrical Installation, see illustration in Appendix A5(f):
(a) Main Earth Conductors (MEC): conductors connected between Earth Electrodes
and Main Earth Terminals; and
(b) Circuit Earth Conductors (CEC): conductors connecting all Circuits emanating
from Main Distribution Boards, Sub Main Distribution Boards, Final Distribution
Boards including Circuits connecting to equipment and Appliances. Outside these
Regulations, these may also be known as the Circuit Protective Conductor (CPC) or
Earth Continuity Conductor (ECC).
6.5.2 All Earth Conductors must be covered with green/ yellow PVC insulation and be
securely terminated with purpose- made lugs or fixings.
6.5.3 Where associated with Circuits, all Earth Conductors must be labelled at their
termination points with Circuit identification numbers, see Guidance note G7(f).
6.5.4 The connection of Earth Conductors to Earth Electrodes must be made using corrosion
resistant clamps.
6.5.5 Where Earth Conductors are buried below ground they must be mechanically protected
(e.g. in metal duct or pipe) and, where necessary, with additional tiles or plates laid
above the duct or pipe, see Appendix A5(d) and Guidance note G6.
6.5.6 The connection of Earth Conductors to the Main Earth Terminal must be made using
purpose- made lugs or other fixings and the connection must be clearly labelled as
shown in Appendix A5(d).
6.5.7 All Circuits must have a Circuit Earth Conductor sized in accordance with Appendix A5(j).
6.5.8 Circuit Earth Conductors must run alongside the associated phase and neutral
conductors.
[Note: this minimises the risk of a Circuit Earth Conductor being damaged or disconnected without
any damage or fault indication being detected via the phase conductors.]
6.5.9 For metal-sheathed or armoured cables, the sheath or armouring shall not be used as
the Earth Conductor. However, the metal sheath or armouring shall be terminated by
suitable cable glands with appropriate connection to an Earth Conductor providing a
supplementary return path, see Guidance note G7(i).
6.5.10 The use of metal conduit, trunking, busbar trunking or switchgear metal enclosures
as Earth Conductors is not permitted without the prior approval of the Distribution
Company. In such cases, the provision of additional measures such as resistance
measurements or supplementary Earth Conductors will normally be required.
[Note: metal conduit, although not to be used as an Earth Conductor, must nevertheless be effectively
connected to Earth since it comprises an Exposed-Conductive-Part. See Guidance note G7(j).]
6.5.11 No switches, isolators or circuit breakers may be installed in the electrical path of any
Earth Conductor. Removable links may be installed to allow testing at the Main Earth
Terminal.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 47 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

6.6 Exposed-Conductive-Parts
6.6.1 All Exposed-Conductive-Parts of an Electrical Installation, including Appliances, must
be connected to Earth via Earth Conductors in accordance with the requirements of
Regulation 6.5.
6.6.2 Exceptions to Clause 6.6.1 may include internal parts of equipment or Appliances,
which cannot be accessed without first disconnecting the electricity supply.
6.6.3 Class I Appliances having Exposed-Conductive-Parts must be provided with a suitable
connection point or plug and socket arrangement that includes connection to the
Circuit Earth Conductor. Class II Appliances do not require an Earth connection; see
illustrations in Appendix A18(a) and A18(b).
6.6.4 All connection points in an Electrical Installation must include an Earth Conductor for
future use.
[Note: an example would be a plastic light switch which does not require a Circuit Earth Conductor
but one must be provided in any case for the protection of the Circuit and future use – see Guidance
note G7(d).]
6.6.5 Items within an Electrical Installation where it is mandatory for a connection to be
made to an Earth Conductor are listed in Appendix A5(l).
6.7 Earth Faults Loop Impedance
6.7.1 The Earth Fault Loop Impedance (Zs) is defined as the total impedance presented to
an earth fault current, comprising the impedance of the following parts of a system,
illustrated in Appendix A5(g):
(a) the Circuit Earth Conductor (including the Appliance Earth Conductor);
(b) the Main Earth Terminal;
(c) the Main Earth Conductors connecting to local Earth Electrodes (TT system) and the
Distribution Company Earth (TN-S system);
(d) the path of earth fault current through the general mass of Earth, and through the
Earth sheath or armouring of the Distribution Company cable;
(e) in the case of a Locally Earthed System (TT system), the neutral Earth connection at
the Distribution Company transformer;
(f) the distribution transformer winding; and
(g) the phase conductors of the Circuit back to the point of fault.
6.7.2 All Electrical Installations must be designed and tested such that the Earth Fault Loop
Impedance at any point in the Electrical Installation is of a sufficient value to operate
Protective Devices within 0.4 Sec.
[Note: this requirement is important for parts of Electrical Installations where protection against
Indirect Contact is provided by Earthed Equipotential Bonding, see Regulation 5.5.]
6.7.3 The maximum Earth Fault Loop Impedance values required to meet the disconnection
times in Clause 6.7.2 for MCB devices are given in Appendix A5(h).
6.7.4 The method for testing Earth Fault Loop Impedance (including the external Earth Fault
Loop Impedance) is given in Appendix A19(b) and A19(c).

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 48 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

6.8 Lightning protection

6.8.1 Lightning protection systems must be designed, constructed and maintained in
accordance with BS EN 62305.
6.8.2 Where practicable, a minimum distance of 7 m must be provided between lightning
protection Earth Electrodes and the Electrical Installation Earth Electrodes.
6.8.3 Surge protective devices must be used at the Connection Point for Premises with a
lightning protection system. These shall be installed typically at the Main Distribution
Board. See Guidance note G10.
[Note: a risk assessment evaluating the full requirements of lightning protection systems including
the impact on electrical and electronic systems (e.g. surge protective devices) is to be carried out
by the designer of the Electrical Installation.]
6.8.4 The use of structural steel in place of, or in connection with, lightning down conductors
is not permitted unless approved by the Distribution Company. Where such approval
is given, provision must be made for regular testing of the structural Earth system
from roof level to ground (e.g. via a separate test cable installed through the building).
Structural foundations or piles may be used as lightning Earth Electrodes if sufficiently
separated from the Main Earth Electrodes and where inspection/ testing points are
provided for future maintenance. See Guidance note G10.
6.9 Functional Earthing and high leakage currents
6.9.1 Functional Earth Conductors may be required for purposes such as, but not limited to,
radio frequency noise reduction, filters for computers and other equipment with high
earth leakage currents.
6.9.2 Functional Earth Conductors must be separate from other parts of the Electrical
Installation Earthing system, except at their connection to the Electrical Installation
Earth via terminals at Main Distribution Board or Sub Main Distribution Board or Final
Distribution Board where a suitable label must be provided, see Appendix A5(f).
6.9.3 Equipment which produces high earth leakage currents (above 10mA) may be provided
with a Functional Earth and in any case must be provided with duplicate Circuit Earth
Conductors to the Main Earth Terminal. Such equipment must remain connected to
Earth at all times to avoid the risk of electric shock from Exposed-Conductive- Parts of
the equipment.
[Note: metallic conduit may be considered as one of the duplicate Earth Conductors required for
high leakage equipment. Alternatively, Circuit Earth Conductors in a Ring Circuit are also accepted
as providing a duplicate Earth path. This requirement safeguards against electric shock due to
Indirect Contact if only one Circuit Earth was provided and was damaged or broken.]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 49 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

7. Selection of components and

installation requirements

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 50 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

7. Selection of components and

installation requirements
7.1 Plugs, socket-outlets and flex outlets
7.1.1 For domestic Electrical Installations, all single-phase plugs and socket-outlets must
comply with BS 1363 and be fitted with a switch. The use of any other type of single-
phase plugs and sockets-outlets, such as BS 546 (3 round pins) is not permitted.
[Note: BS 1363 requires plugs to have partly insulated live and neutral pins and include a fuse
complying with BS 1362. Socket- outlets are required to have tamper-proof shutters on the live,
neutral and Earth connections.]
7.1.2 For single-phase applications in non-domestic Electrical Installations either BS 1363 or
BS 546 type plugs and socket-outlets are permitted. However, BS 546 plugs and socket-
outlets must be restricted to specialist applications such as high load Appliances (BS 546
15A plug) or where it is desirable not to intermix certain Appliances, see Appendix A17(a).
[Note: examples of the use of BS 546 plugs include table lamps in hotel rooms which are switched
from a dedicated lighting Circuit (3A or 5A) or self-contained air-conditioning units (15A). In the
latter case, 15A BS 546 socket-outlets must be supplied from a dedicated Radial Circuit.]
7.1.3 The use of ‘Shuko’ CEE7/7 2-pin type plugs is strictly prohibited. The use of ‘Euro’
CEE7/16 plugs is permitted only where used with an approved adaptor converting
such plugs for use on BS 1363 type socket-outlets, see Appendix A17(a).
[Note: adaptors must be certified by a recognised approvals authority.]
7.1.4 An allowable exception to Clause 7.1.1 is the use of shaver supply units in bathrooms,
complying with BS EN 61558-2-5. For these types of socket-outlet, which are supplied
by a safety isolating transformer, 2-pin unearthed type plugs may be used. See
Appendix A17(c).
7.1.5 No socket-outlets shall be installed in a bathroom except for a socket-outlet complying
with BS EN 61558-2-5 (shaver socket-outlet including a safety isolating transformer).
7.1.6 Three-phase and industrial plugs and socket-outlets must comply with BS EN 60309,
see Appendix A17(b). The rating of three-phase socket-outlets must be selected
according to the load of the Appliance or equipment to be connected.
[Note: BS EN 60309 plugs and socket-outlets are not fused and are not shuttered and therefore
must not be used in any domestic application.]
7.1.7 Socket-outlets for normal use must be positioned at a standard height of 300mm or
450mm above floor level or 100mm above work surfaces, see Appendix A16. Where
required, low level or skirting height may be used (e.g. in offices) at a minimum of
100mm above the floor level, and where adequate precautions are taken against
damage. Access for limited ability persons must be given due consideration in such
cases (e.g. alternative socket-outlets provided).
7.1.8 Floor socket-outlets may be used where there is no undue risk of water ingress or
flooding and which are designed to relevant international standards.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 51 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

7.1.9 Socket-outlets in kitchens must be positioned at least 1m away from sources of water
(e.g. sinks, basins, filter units, supply taps).
7.1.10 The minimum number of socket-outlets for domestic Electrical Installations is given in
Appendix A15.
7.1.11 All socket-outlets in one room or service area shall be connected to the same phase.
7.1.12 The maximum number of single-phase socket-outlets on each Ring or Radial Circuit shall
be determined according to the anticipated load and usage of Appliances. The assumed
loads given in Guidance note G2 may be used in the absence of other loading information.
7.1.13 Three-phase socket-outlets must be connected on individual Radial Circuits.
7.1.14 For outdoor, damp or wet areas (e.g. water pump rooms, outdoor water coolers and
drinking fountains) socket- outlets must be of the weather protected type (IP55) and
incorporate a 30mA RCD, see Guidance note G7(c).
[Note: where a number of outdoor socket-outlets are installed in close proximity, the above
requirement may be met by one RCD device serving the group of outlets, provided that the RCD
device is readily accessible and visible to persons using the socket- outlets and is clearly labelled.]
7.1.15 Flex-outlets (with switch and fuse) complying with BS 1363 may be used in place of
socket- outlets for fixed Appliances, see Guidance note G7(m).
7.2 Switches and isolators
7.2.1 All switches provided for local isolation of Appliances and equipment (including
lighting) must comply with BS EN 60669. The rating of switches must be selected
based on the expected load, taking into account any capacitive or inductive effects.
7.2.2 For outdoor locations, damp or wet areas, weather-protected switches must be used
(BS EN 60669).
7.2.3 Wall-mounted switches must not be installed in bathrooms, shower rooms or other
locations where normal body resistance is reduced due to the presence of water. In such
locations, ceiling mounted cord-pull switches may be used or wall-mounted switches
may be used outside the room. Wall-mounted switches may be used in kitchens but at
least 2m from a sink or other source of water.
7.2.4 For areas with higher-than-normal risk of fire or explosion, gas-sealed switches must
be used (BS EN 60079). For example, in gas storage areas, battery rooms, etc.
7.2.5 The normal mounting height for switches shall be 1.3m from floor level. Other mounting
heights may be used where there is a specific need, such as, but not limited to, the
prevention of access by children or the requirement for access by disabled persons.
7.2.6 Switches with neon indicators must be provided for Appliances such as water heaters,
air conditioning units, cookers, fridges and freezers, where a visual indication of the
presence of power is desirable.
7.2.7 Double-pole switches must be provided for water heaters, air-conditioning units and
other fixed Appliances operating with or near water supplies.
7.2.8 Cooker control units (isolators) for domestic Electrical Installations must comply
with BS 4177. The use of cooker control units with an integral 3-pin socket-outlet is
prohibited except where the Final Circuit supplying the cooker control unit is protected
by a RCD with a residual current rating of 30mA, in accordance with Clause 5.4.8.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 52 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

[Note: in addition to the above restriction, it is considered undesirable to use cooker control units
with integral socket- outlets where there is a risk of Appliances or flexible cables supplied by the
socket-outlet being damaged by heat from the cooker.]
7.2.9 Flexible cables from switches or isolators to fixed Appliances (such as water heaters,
cookers, etc.) must be adequately rated and securely fixed with a purpose-made flex
outlet plate (which may be integral with or separate from the switch or isolator unit),
see Guidance note G7(m).
7.3 Lighting
7.3.1 Lighting Circuits will normally be fed from 6A, 10A or 16A MCBs from a Final Distribution Board.
7.3.2 The rating of lighting Circuits shall be selected in accordance with the number of
connection points to be supplied, the type and rating of Luminaires to be used and the
Connected Load for the Circuit. A standard method of calculating Connected Load is
given in Guidance note G2.
7.3.3 Lighting Circuits supplying small Edison screw (SES) or small bayonet cap (SBC) fittings
must be supplied from Protective Devices of nominal current rating no greater than 6A.
[Note: where these lamps are used in high numbers, e.g. in chandeliers, the Protective Device
current rating may be greater than 6A.]
7.3.4 Switching of Circuits containing discharge lighting or other lighting with high inductance
may require special consideration due to high switching voltages that may occur. In
order to accommodate the switching voltage in discharge lighting Circuits, the rating of
the switch shall be suited to the conditions expected and shall not be less than twice
the load current.
7.3.5 The design and construction of lighting signs used for publicity, decorative and general
purposes (such as neon signs) must comply with BS 559. High voltage discharge
lighting is to be provided with an emergency isolation switch which must be clearly
marked and located in an easily accessible position.
[Note: such switches may be marked “Fireman’s Switch for Neon Sign” or similar wording.]
7.3.6 The connection of mains-operated clocks to lighting Circuits other than through a clock
connector unit is prohibited.
7.3.7 All Luminaires must be connected to Final Circuits using a ceiling rose or other purpose
made connection point and not directly to such Circuits. Where cables are run within
Luminaires, they shall be of the heat resistant type, or protected by heat resistant
sleeving. See Guidance notes G7(b) and G8.
7.3.8 Lighting Circuits in false ceilings or voids must be installed in conduits or trunking
in compliance with Clauses 7.5.12 and 7.5.13. However, short lengths (less than 3m)
of flexible or insulated and sheathed cables may be provided between a lighting
connection point or ceiling rose and a Luminaire, provided that provision is made for
future access and maintenance. In addition, the use of purpose made plug and socket
connection systems for Luminaires is not precluded, provided that approval is sought
from the Distribution Company. See Guidance notes G7(h) and G8.
7.3.9 Luminaires and other light fittings must be installed with due consideration to the weight
taken by fixings and supports, and the need for adequate ventilation and heat dissipation.
7.3.10 Heat resistant cables and flexible cords should be used for the connection of high
temperature Luminaires. See Guidance notes G7(b) and G8.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 53 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

7.3.11 Where light switch boxes contain more than one phase (for large groups of lighting),
they must be labelled to indicate. The presence of a 400V supply, and suitable phase
barriers should be provided inside the box.
7.3.12 Outdoor lighting should be of suitable weatherproof construction with appropriate
connection points and fittings, see also Regulation 9 and Guidance notes G8.
7.3.13 Underwater lighting must be supplied by a Separated Extra-Low Voltage System (SELV)
not exceeding 12V AC or 30V DC
7.3.14 Emergency light fittings must comply with BS 5266 and shall be provided with a battery
of minimum 3 hours rating.
7.4 Conduit, trunking and Cable Trays
7.4.1 All plastic conduits and trunking must comply with BS 4607 and be suitable for the
ambient conditions expected.
7.4.2 All metal conduits and trunking must comply with either BS 4568, BS EN 60423 or BS
EN 61386-21. Cable Tray must comply with BS EN 61537.
7.4.3 Flexible conduits must be of metal construction, PVC covered and comply with BS EN
61386 -23. Flexible conduit may be of plastic construction only in indoor locations,
where damage is unlikely.
7.4.4 Metal conduits, trunking or Cable Tray may not, on their own, be used as Circuit Earth
Conductors; separate Circuit Earth Conductors must be run inside the conduits,
trunking or Cable Tray, see also Clause 6.5.10. This does not obviate the requirement
to comply with Clause 6.6.1 (i.e. metal conduits are required to be Earthed), see
Guidance note G7(j).
7.4.5 Plastic conduits or trunking must not be used in situations subject to higher than
normal temperatures or fire risk (e.g. near industrial machinery, generator rooms,
workshops, petrol stations, plant rooms, etc.). Where a plastic conduit is installed
outdoors, it should be suitable for exposure to solar radiation.
7.4.6 Where a plastic conduit is installed within a wall, floor or ceiling it must be at a minimum
depth of 50mm from the surface. If it is installed at a shallower depth not less than
25mm from the surface, then a metal conduit must be used, and the Circuits contained
in the conduit must be protected by a 30mA RCD. See Guidance note G7(e).
7.4.7 Conduits, trunking and Cable Tray must be installed so as to provide ease of access
to cable Circuits throughout the route. Sufficient inspection plates and pulling points
must be provided to enable inspection, repair and drawing out of cables throughout
the life of the Electrical Installation.
7.4.8 The ends of conduits, trunking and Cable Tray shall be provided with bushes or other
finished ends such that cables do not sustain damage during installation or throughout
the life of the Electrical Installation, and must be suitably sealed against the ingress
of water. Where such bushes or ends are not provided, any sharp angles, burrs or
projections must be removed. All exposed steel edges and threads should be painted
with zinc-rich paint, see Guidance note G7(g). Care must be taken not to leave sections
of cable exposed at the ends of conduits or trunking. See Guidance note G7(a).
7.4.9 Plastic conduit boxes for Accessories shall be provided with copper or brass Earth
terminals. See Guidance note G7(d).

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 54 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

7.4.10 Single-insulated cables may not be installed in slotted (perforated) trunking or Cable
Trays.
7.4.11 The minimum internal radius of any bend or elbow fitting in a conduit shall be 2.5
times the diameter of the conduit.
7.4.12 Elbow fittings of trunking may be in a 90º formation only where the cover is removable
so that cables may be installed without the need for pulling through.
7.4.13 Conduit shall be installed with a maximum of two 90º bends or three 120º bends
between inspection or pulling points.
7.4.14 Cable Trunking and Cable Tray shall be run exposed or otherwise accessible after
installation, throughout its length, for the purpose of removing or installing cables.
7.4.15 Where Cable Trunking or a Cable Tray passes through walls, floors or other barriers,
it shall be provided with a continuous cover and an internal fire barrier where fire
separation is specified for the Premises. See Guidance note G3(a).
7.4.16 Where trunking or Cable Tray is used for the combined provision of power,
telecommunications and other Circuits, adequate segregation must be provided,
together with suitably sealed service boxes and connection boxes.
7.4.17 Category 3 Circuits (fire and emergency lighting) may not be installed in the
same conduit or trunking as Category 1 (mains supplied) Circuits or Category 2
(telecommunications) Circuits unless suitable segregation is provided.
7.4.18 Category 1 and Category 2 Circuits may only be installed in the same conduit or
trunking if the latter is insulated to the level of Category 1 Circuits.
[Note: trunking or conduit referred to in Clauses 7.4.17 and 7.4.18 may be metallic or non-metallic.]
7.4.19 Under floor Cable Trunking shall be used only in areas which are not susceptible to
water ingress or flooding. Suitable junction boxes, flush service boxes and inspection
compartments shall be provided according to the design of the under-floor trunking
system.
7.4.20 The maximum number of cables for typical sizes of conduits and trunking are given
in Appendix A9.
[Note: the use of different Final Circuits in a common conduit or switch drops in shared conduits
are not permitted]
7.4.21 Where a conduit or trunking is installed on the Distribution Company’s side of the
Connection Point, these must be provided with a means of locking or sealing against
unauthorised interference.
7.5 Cables
7.5.1 For fixed wiring within Premises, PVC, rubber or XLPE insulated cables with stranded
copper conductors must be used, complying with the reference standards given in
Appendix A3. Solid- core copper or aluminium conductor cables are not permitted.
7.5.2 For locations subject to a higher than normal risk of interference or damage, armoured
cables are recommended.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 55 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

7.5.3 For locations with higher than normal fire risk, either cables must be installed in
metal conduit or mineral-insulated- copper-clad (MICC) complying with BS EN 60702
or enhanced fire- resistance cables must be used. In addition, safety Circuits such
as fire alarms, emergency lighting and control Circuits, which are required to remain
operational in the event of a fire, must be installed in metal conduits or supplied by
MICC cables.
[Note: enhanced fire-resistance cables should meet the PH 120 classification when tested in
accordance with BS EN 50200 and the 120 minutes survival time when tested in accordance with
BS 8434-2.]
7.5.4 The location and selection of cables must take into consideration any special
requirements for the prevention of spread of fire. Fire barriers, low smoke insulation or
other measures may be required (relevant building regulations should be referenced).
7.5.5 General-purpose flexible cables and cords for Appliances must be PVC insulated, with
a PVC over sheath, stranded copper conductors, and comply with BS EN 50525.
7.5.6 Cables for high-temperature Appliances (e.g. electric heaters, irons, pendant lighting,
connections within Luminaires) must be heat resistant rubber or PVC insulated, with
over sheath, stranded copper conductors, and comply with BS EN 50525.
7.5.7 Cables under repetitive mechanical strain (e.g. lifts, heavy outdoor machinery, etc.)
must comply with BS EN 50214.
7.5.8 Where cables are installed underground, they must be installed so as to protect against
mechanical damage and enable future removal, see Guidance note G6.
7.5.9 Cables for meter tails (at 230V) shall be single-core, PVC insulated, with over sheath,
and comply with BS EN 50525.
7.5.10 The cross-section of cables must be selected according to the expected load, voltage
drop, ambient temperature and installation conditions using Appendix A7(a) -
A7(h) including appropriate grouping factors. The maximum Voltage drop from the
Connection Point to the remote end of any Final Circuit must not exceed 4%, except
in special cases where equipment has been designed to operate under a greater
voltage drop (such cases must be clearly stated in the Electrical Installation design
and approved by the Distribution Company).
[Note: the sizing of Final Circuits and Circuits feeding FDBs must be in accordance with the
Connected Load. Other Circuits may be sized in accordance with the Diversified Load, with
allowance made for future load growth where appropriate. See Clause 7.6.1, 7.7.7 and Guidance
note G2.]
7.5.11 The use of single-core armoured cables should be avoided due to the possibility
of induced heating effects. However, such cables may be used where there is an
exceptional need, with the written consent of the Distribution Company and where
adequate precautions are taken to avoid induced heating effects. Such precautions
must include the appropriate configuration of phases to balance induced currents,
Earthing at one end only and the use of non- ferromagnetic armouring, cable glands,
and switchgear gland plates, see Guidance note G7(l).
7.5.12 Other than as allowed under Clause 7.5.15, all cables that are not armoured or that do
not have a metallic sheath or screen, must be installed in plastic or metal conduits or
trunking throughout their entire length.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 56 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

7.5.13 Cables running through inaccessible areas such as walls, floors and solid ceilings shall
be installed, without exception, in conduits or trunking so as to be withdrawable in the
future. In such cases, suitable inspection plates and pulling out points must be provided.
7.5.14 Non-sheathed cables must not be installed in concrete ducts.
7.5.15 Exceptions to Clause 7.5.12 may be allowed only for insulated and sheathed or flexible
cables which will remain accessible but in locations free from undue risk of damage
or interference (e.g. above-head height, or in unoccupied areas). Such cables must be
securely supported by cable clips, Cable Tray or other fixings at suitable intervals.
[Note: although flexible cords must not be used as fixed wiring, this Clause covers Appliance
connection cables which should be limited to 3m in length where practicable. In addition, proprietary
plug and fit connection systems may be installed from a suitable connection point in the fixed
wiring system, provided they are suitably supported, mechanically protected, or otherwise located
in areas where there is minimal risk of damage or interference. See Guidance note G7(h).]
7.5.16 All cables must be installed between purpose-made termination points (switches,
junction boxes, Distribution Boards) and be terminated with purpose-made lugs,
crimps, screw or other connectors. Joints between such points are strictly prohibited.
Termination points and junction boxes must remain accessible to facilitate future
inspection, repair and alteration. See Guidance note G7(k).
[Note: terminations for MICC cables must be suitably sealed against the ingress of moisture.]
7.5.17 Where cables are terminated at high-temperature Appliances, their insulation must
be suitable for the expected operating temperature or, where necessary, shall be
protected by heat- resistant material. See Guidance notes G7(b) and G8.
7.5.18 Armoured cables must be terminated using suitable cable glands which incorporate
a suitably rated Earth tag or other purpose-made connection to the armouring of the
cable and to the metallic sheath if present. See Guidance note G7(i).
7.5.19 Cables must not be installed in lift shafts other than those serving lift functions.
[Note: although a lift shaft may be a convenient means of providing a cable route through a
building this creates unwarranted risk when accessing such Circuits for maintenance and also
provides a vulnerable route for the propagation of fire.]
7.5.20 The colour identification for cables is given in Appendix A8.
[Note: although the identification colours for cables has recently been changed in European
countries, a similar change is not currently proposed for Abu Dhabi Emirate. For fixed wiring in an
Electrical Installation, the phase colours remain as red, yellow and blue whilst neutral remains as
black. However, for flexible sheathed cables supplying single-phase Appliances, brown is used for
Phase, blue is used for Neutral and green/yellow is used for Earth – see Appendix A8.]
7.6 Final Circuits
7.6.1 The sizing of Final Circuits must be in accordance with the Connected Load on each
Circuit (see Guidance note G2), whilst taking account of ambient temperature, grouping
factors, power factor and voltage drop, see Appendices A7(a) - A7(h).
7.6.2 Radial Circuits should be provided to large Appliances, particularly those in continuous
or near continuous operation, or those of importance for safety or other priority
functions within a Premises. Examples include main water pumps, air conditioning
units, water heaters, room heating, fire or intruder alarms, cookers and ovens.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 57 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

7.6.3 Ring Circuits should be provided to areas within Premises, which can be most
economically served by several Appliances sharing the same cable feed, arranged in
a loop, from one circuit breaker on the Final Distribution Board. This is particularly
suitable where Appliances are expected to operate at diverse times of the day. Ring
Circuits would typically be installed in bedrooms, living rooms, kitchens (except major
Appliances such as cookers), partitioned office areas, etc.
7.6.4 The number of Radial Circuits and Ring Circuits installed in Premises shall take into
consideration future accessibility, maintainability, and safety of the system, whilst
limiting the extent of power outage to serviced areas.
7.6.5 Circuits supplying a kitchen must not be used to supply any other area. However,
ceiling lighting Circuits from a kitchen may be common to other areas.
7.6.6 For domestic Premises, all Circuits supplying one room must be on the same phase,
other than for kitchens and for ceiling lighting.
7.6.7 Typical layout for small power and lighting Circuits for domestic Premises are shown in
Appendix A14.
7.7 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers
7.7.1 Busways, bus ducts, busbar risers or other similar systems may be used in Premises
for the supply of large loads where they provide a more economical or practical option
than cables.
7.7.2 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers shall comply with the relevant reference standards
given in Appendix A3.
7.7.3 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers shall be totally enclosed (non-perforated) for
protection against mechanical damage, moisture, dust and other environmental effects.
7.7.4 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers shall not be located in areas prone to mechanical
damage or where they may be exposed to hazardous materials, liquids or gases, unless
special precautions are taken.
7.7.5 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers shall be located so that they are accessible for
future maintenance and repair throughout their length. They shall not be installed in
habitable areas such as flats, offices, shops, etc. (a separate riser shaft or room must
be provided).
7.7.6 Busways, bus ducts and busbar risers shall have neutral conductors of equal size to
the phase conductors and shall have a dedicated Earth Conductor. The use of the
metal casing as an Earth Conductor is permitted only with the prior approval of the
Distribution Company.
[Note: aluminium metal casings should be used in preference to steel due to the risk of corrosion
and high resistance joints. In either case, the sizing of such conductors must meet the values
equivalent to copper conductors given in Appendix A5(j).]
7.7.7 The current rating of busways, bus ducts and busbar risers shall be based on the
Diversified Load of the relevant part of the Electrical Installation being supplied, with
allowance made for future load growth where appropriate. Diversity factors must be
justified and submitted with the design for approval by the Distribution Company, see
Regulation 3.2 and Guidance note G2.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 58 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

7.7.8 Purpose made plug-in circuit breaker units may be used with busbar risers’ systems
where they are mechanically interlocked to prevent removal whilst energised. See
Guidance note G3(a).
7.7.9 The number of busways, bus ducts or busbar risers required for a high-rise building and
the number of floors served by each must be selected by taking due account of the
future accessibility, maintainability and safety of the system, whilst limiting the extent
of power outage to serviced areas.
[Note: a typical arrangement may be to serve each 10 floors of a 30 storey building by a separate
bus riser; however, other arrangements are not precluded.]
7.8 Distribution Boards
7.8.1 All Distribution Boards must be factory assembled, type- tested and comply with BS EN 61439.
7.8.2 Distribution Boards must be of robust construction, capable of withstanding expected
electrical, thermal, and environmental stresses in normal service and during faults.
[Note: Final Distribution Boards, including the incoming cable, will normally be sized in accordance
with the Connected Load of the Circuits supplied; other Distribution Boards and Distribution
Circuits may be sized in accordance with the Diversified Load, using appropriate diversity factors,
and with allowance made for future load growth where appropriate - see Guidance note G2.]
7.8.3 Apparatus forming part of the assembly of Distribution Boards shall have electrical
isolation clearances sufficient to withstand normal Voltages, surge Voltages and
creepages as defined in BS EN 61439-1.
7.8.4 Each Distribution Board must have a neutral bar which is mounted on insulators and
which has a sufficient number of terminal points of adequate size for the largest cable
expected to be used.
7.8.5 Each Distribution Board must have an Earth bar which has a means of connection to
the incoming Earth Conductor and cable gland of the incoming cable, see Appendices
A5(e) and A12(c).
7.8.6 All Final Distribution Boards must be arranged so as to provide for at least two zones
of Earth Leakage Protection (e.g. 100mA and 30mA or 30mA and 30mA) and to avoid
complete disconnection of power to the area being served, in the event of an earth
fault. This may be achieved by either of the following methods:
(a) two or more busbar sections, each protected by a RCD;
[Note: it is recommended that no more than 9 single phase Circuits are protected by an individual RCD.]
(b) one busbar section, with individual RCBOs fitted on all Final Circuits (the incomer
device may be a time-delayed RCD or an isolator switch where adequate fault
protection is provided by an upstream Protective Device); or
(c) two or more FDBs installed together to serve an area, each having one busbar section
protected by a RCD of appropriate rating (e.g. one DB with an incomer 100mA or
30mA RCD for lighting and another DB with incomer 30mA RCD for power Circuits).
[Note: either solid busbar or removable (‘comb’) busbar DB’s are acceptable (horizontal or vertical
type) if factory assembled and where the manufacturer’s type tests are provided. Single phase DBs
up to 12 ways, serving a limited area, may be provided with one busbar section, and one incomer
RCD of appropriate rating, e.g. hotel rooms, pump room, central air-conditioning room, etc.]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 59 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

7.8.7 Other than for small 2-storey buildings, each floor of a Premises shall be provided
with at least one Final Distribution Board installed in an easily accessible location.
7.8.8 The number of Final Distribution Boards and Sub Distribution Boards provided in
Premises shall take into account the future accessibility, maintainability and safety of
the system, whilst limiting the extent of possible power outages to serviced areas.
[Note: to meet the above requirement Final Distribution Boards should be limited to a maximum
capacity of 14 ways 3-phase (or 42 ways single phase) and Sub Main Distribution Boards should
be limited to 18 ways 3-phase.]
7.8.9 Single-phase Distribution Boards may be permitted in Premises where adequate
provision is made for balancing the total load at the Electricity Intake between the
three phases.
[Note: single-phase Distribution Boards would normally be used for small load applications such
as hotel rooms, garages or small out buildings.]
7.8.10 The phase and neutral busbars in all Distribution Boards shall be identified by the
colours given in Appendix A8.
7.8.11 The phase and neutral conductors in all Distribution Boards shall be of the same cross
sectional area.
7.8.12 Neon indicators, voltmeters and ammeters must be provided for Distribution Boards
rated at 400A and above and, where reasonably practicable, for other Distribution
Boards.
[Note: where practicable, maximum demand meters and power factor meters should also be
provided. This can also be achieved by the use of a multifunctional meter. Consideration should be
given to the provision of sub-metering facilities that allow the energy performance of building to
be recorded and monitored in accordance with the relevant UAE energy efficiency requirements.]
7.8.13 All outgoing Circuits of Distribution Boards must be provided with only circuit breakers
(such as CBs, MCBs, MCCBs, ACBs, RCDs, RCBOs) and shall not contain fuses of any
kind, except for capacitor banks. See Regulation 10.2.
[Note: the incoming device of a DB may be an isolator switch, where adequate fault protection is
provided by an upstream Protective Device.]
7.8.14 All Distribution Boards must be installed in locations easily accessible for inspection,
operation and maintenance, preferably at the entrance to the area they serve. Such
locations must be secured from unauthorised interference.
7.8.15 Distribution Boards of rating 200A and above shall be installed in a dedicated room
Distribution Boards of rating below 200A may be installed in a cupboard or other
suitable enclosure, complying with Clause 7.8.14 and Clause 3.5.9.
[Note 1: Main Distribution Boards of rating 200A and above must be located in an Electricity
Intake room, see Appendix A12(b).]
[Note 2: At residential villas, Main Distribution Boards of rating 400A and above must be located
in an Electricity Intake room and Sub Main Distribution Boards of rating 400A and above must
be located in a dedicated room, see Appendix A12(b). Main Distribution Boards or Sub Main
Distribution Boards of rating below 400A may NOT need to be installed in a dedicated room i.e.
outdoor wall mounted, complying with Clause 7.8.14 and Clause 3.5.9 and in accordance with the
approved installation procedures of the Distribution Company]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 60 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

7.8.16 Distribution Boards shall not be installed in locations where water is used (e.g. kitchens,
bathrooms, pump rooms), within 2m of any pipe or other source of water, or in difficult-
to- access positions (such as stairways).
7.8.17 Distribution Boards and all electrical equipment installed outdoors must be corrosion
resistant and give protection against mechanical damage and a minimum ingress
protection of IP55 unless otherwise specified in these Regulations.
[Note: At residential villas, outdoor wall mounted Main Distribution Boards or Sub Main Distribution
Boards of rating below 400A must be corrosion and dust resistant and give protection against
mechanical damage and a minimum ingress protection of IP65 unless otherwise specified by the
distribution company]
7.8.18 Distribution Boards must be provided with sufficient numbers of Protective Devices so
as to enable every outgoing Circuit to be connected to an individual Protective Device
and shall include not less than 10% spare Protective Devices or blank positions.
7.9 LV switchboards
7.9.1 Where prefabricated Distribution Boards of sufficient rating are not available, LV
switchboards, consisting of cubicle panel switchgear, may be provided. LV switchboards
must consist of type- tested assemblies, which satisfy the requirements of BS EN
61439.
7.9.2 Switchboards must be located in a dedicated room to provide for safe access and
egress at all times, including during maintenance, repair and replacement work.
7.9.3 LV switch rooms must meet the requirements of Electricity Intake rooms listed in
Regulation 4٫2 typical layouts and minimum space requirements for LV switch rooms
are given in Appendix A12(d) and A12(b).
7.9.4 Switchboards rated above 400A must be provided with instruments for Voltage, current,
maximum demand and power factor measurement, as well as phase indicating lamps.
7.9.5 Where more than one incoming supply cable is provided at the Electricity Intake,
these must be connected to separate switchboards (or separate sections of the same
switchboard) which have the facility for interconnection through a bus coupler circuit-
breaker or switch. In order to prevent parallel connection of the incoming supply
cables, the bus coupler circuit breaker or switch must be interlocked to prevent its
closure when both incoming supply cables are live. Bus switches and circuit breakers
must be capable of closure onto a fault unless interlocked so as to only be operated
whilst dead.
7.9.6 All busbars in switchboards must be tinned copper and rigidly supported throughout
their length. The neutral and Earth busbars must run throughout the length of the
switchboard. The neutral busbar must be of the same cross- sectional area as the
phase busbars.
7.9.7 The main incoming circuit breaker must be clearly marked and left unlocked to allow
immediate operation in an emergency, see Clause 4.3.2.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 61 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

8. Inspection, site testing

and certification

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 62 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

8. Inspection, site testing and certification

8.1 Inspection and testing by the Licensed Contractor
8.1.1 Every new Electrical Installation shall, during installation and on completion before
being energised, be inspected and tested by a Licensed Contractor who shall duly
complete the relevant test reports and submit these to the Distribution Company (with
the exception of tests that can only be carried out upon energising).
8.1.2 Inspection and testing shall be recorded on the standard forms shown in Appendices
A20(b) – A20(d) and shall include the following tests:
(a) continuity of Ring and Final Circuit conductors;
(b) continuity of Earth Conductors including Equipotential Bonding Conductors;
(c) insulation resistance;
(d) protection against Direct Contact;
(e) protection against Indirect Contact;
(f) polarity of Circuits;
(g) Earth Fault Loop Impedance and Prospective Fault Current measurements;
(h) Earth Electrode Resistance; and
(i) operation of Earth Leakage Protection devices.
[Note: see Appendices A19(a) to A19(g) for relevant test procedures.]
8.1.3 The continuity test shall be carried out with an instrument having a no-load voltage
between 4V and 24V DC or AC and a short-circuit current not less than 200mA, in
accordance with the procedure in Appendix A19(d).
8.1.4 The insulation resistance tests between live conductors and between each live
conductor and Earth shall be measured with a test voltage of 500V DC, in accordance
with the procedure in Appendix A19(f).
8.1.5 Every Electrical Installation shall be inspected and tested on a periodic basis. The
responsibility for periodic inspection and testing of Electrical Installations lies with
the Owner of the Premises who shall request the services of a Licensed Contractor
at the intervals shown in table 8.1.5. The Owner must also ensure that any necessary
rectification work is carried out.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 63 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Table 8.1.5
Internal External
Electrical Electrical
Installation Installation
Domestic 3 years 3 years

Non-domestic
2 years 1 years
(commercial, industrial, farms, etc.)

Premises used by the public (schools, hospitals, hotels, malls,

1 years 1 years
parks, tents, mosques)
Special locations (construction sites, swimming pools and
1 years 1 years
fountains, roadway lighting)

Note:
(a) see Clause 8.1.2 for the required tests.
(b) Table 8.1.5 above suggests the recommended periodic frequency to be followed,
another periodic frequency in line with best practices can be adopted based on the
premises type.
8.1.6 Electrical Installations which were constructed before Commencement Date of these
Regulations shall be inspected and tested within the time indicated above, from the
Commencement Date.
8.2 Inspection and testing by the Distribution Company
8.2.1 The Distribution Company shall verify on site the test results for Earth Resistance at the
Main Earth Terminal and inspect or test other items as deemed appropriate, including
as a minimum:
(a) connection of conductors;
(b) identification of conductors and labelling of equipment;
(c) routing of cables and their protection against mechanical damage;
(d) cross-sectional area of conductors for current- carrying capacity and Voltage drop;
(e) connection of single-pole devices for protection or switching in phase conductors only;
(f) correct positioning and connection of Accessories and equipment;
(g) presence of fire barriers and protection against thermal effects;
(h) methods of protection against electric shock, both Direct and Indirect Contact;
(i) inspection of integrity of Main Earth Conductors and Earth Electrodes;
(j) presence and correct location of devices for isolation; and
(k) measurement of Earth Fault Loop Impedance.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 64 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

8.2.2 The Distribution Company may carry out intermediate inspection(s) prior to the final
inspection mentioned in Clause 8.2.1. This is to verify compliance of concealed parts
of the Electrical Installation (e.g. conduits, buried cables and Earth Conductors).
8.2.3 Internal checks and inspection shall be carried out on a minimum of 10% sample of the
Electrical Installation, relevant to the items listed under Clause 8.2.1.
8.3 Electrical Installation Certificates
8.3.1 In order to verify compliance with these Regulations:
(a) the Licensed Contractor and the designer of the Electrical Installation shall complete
and sign an Electrical Installation Certificate in the format shown in Appendix
A20(a); and
(b) the Licensed Contractor shall complete and sign the inspection report, and
installation testing report in the format shown in Appendices A20(b), A20(c), and
A20(d) respectively.
8.3.2 Two original copies of the Electrical Installation Certificate and associated test results
shall be provided; one to the Owner of the Premises and one to the Distribution Company.
An additional copy must be affixed at the Main Distribution Board or Electricity Intake
position, see Appendix A12(d).
8.3.3 After any extension or alteration to an Electrical Installation, a Licensed Contractor is
required to issue an amended Electrical Installation Certificate, together with a copy
of the original certificate and stating the details of the work carried out; in addition to
an amended inspection report and installation testing report, see Regulations 3.2 and
3.3.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 65 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

9. Special locations and systems

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 66 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

9. Special locations and systems

9.1 Separated Extra-Low Voltage

9.1.1 Separated Extra-Low Voltage (SELV) systems are used where an inherently safe system of
supply is required such that a breakdown of primary insulation will not lead to the risk of
electric shock. This is achieved by electrical separation of the Final Circuit from the source
of energy, typically using a safety isolating transformer, see illustration in Appendix A18(c).

9.1.2 For a SELV system, the Final Circuit Voltage shall not exceed “Extra-Low Voltage” i.e.
50V AC or 120V DC between conductors or to Earth.

9.1.3 The source of SELV power shall be provided by either:

(a) a safety isolating transformer complying with BS EN 61558, in which there is no

connection between the output winding and the body or with the Circuit Earth
Conductor, if any; or

(b) a battery source.

9.1.4 All components of a SELV system (including conductors, switches, relays, etc.) shall be
physically separated from those of any other live system.

9.1.5 No Exposed-Conductive-Part of a SELV system shall be connected to any of the

following:

(a) Earth;

(b) any Earthed conductive part of another system or Extraneous-Conductive-Part; or

(c) an Earth Conductor of any system.

9.1.6 Insulation against Direct Contact of the conductive parts of a SELV system is required
if the operating Voltage exceeds 12V AC or 30V DC Insulation is not required if the
operating voltage is at or below these values.

9.2 Protective Extra-Low Voltage

9.2.1 A Protective Extra-Low Voltage (PELV) system is one where the same provision for
electrical separation is provided as for SELV, i.e. between the source of energy and
the Final Circuit. However, in a PELV system the connection to Earth of Exposed-
Conductive-Parts is permitted. See Appendix A18(d).

9.3 Bathrooms and similar locations

9.3.1 Special provisions are required for the protection against electric shock of persons
in locations containing a bath or shower. Such provisions, as listed in the following
Clauses, must also be applied in other similar situations where persons are likely to be
partly clothed and in contact with water, with or without footwear.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 67 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

[Note: similar locations would include washrooms, toilets, wudu areas in mosques, etc. The
requirements for swimming pools are listed in Regulation 9.4.]
9.3.2 The following principal requirements must be met for bathrooms and similar locations:

(a) all Final Circuits (including lighting, water heater, extract fan, etc.) must be protected
by a RCD of residual current rating 30mA and complying with BS EN 61008. Such
protection may be grouped across several Circuits at the Final Distribution Board.
However, fan-coil units mounted in a ceiling void in a bathroom may be provided
with 100mA RCD protection.

(b) no socket-outlets are permitted except those supplied by an isolating transformer

and complying with BS EN 61558-2-5 (e.g. ‘shaver’ socket-outlet);

(c) all Appliances, Luminaires and other Accessories must have a minimum level of
moisture ingress protection of IPX5;

(d) Appliances, Luminaires or other Accessories may not be installed within Arm’s
Reach of a bath, shower or similar facility. However, such items are permitted within
the room containing a bath or shower at a distance greater than Arm’s Reach from
the bath, provided that the requirements of Clauses 9.3.2(a) to 9.3.2(c) above are
complied with. In addition, all switches associated with such equipment must be
installed outside the bathroom or provided with a cord-pull switch; and

(e) Appliances, Luminaires or Accessories which are within Arm’s Reach of a bath,
shower or similar facility must be supplied by SELV or PELV and have a minimum
level of ingress protection of IPX5. Underwater lighting must be supplied by SELV at
a maximum Voltage of 12 V AC or 30V DC and with ingress protection IPX8.

[Note: items which are within a distance of Arm’s Reach but are inaccessible to persons need
not comply with Clause 9.3.2(e). For example, water pumps installed under a bath which are not
accessible without removal of covers requiring a tool.]
9.3.3 The requirement for Earth Leakage Protection on Final Circuits must be met, along with
the requirements for Earthed Equipotential Bonding and Supplementary Equipotential
Bonding. See Guidance note G4(c).

9.4 Swimming pools

9.4.1 The requirements for protection against electric shock for swimming pools are similar
to those of bathrooms, with some exceptions, as follows:

(a) all Final Circuits must be protected by a RCD of residual current rating 30mA and
complying with BS EN 61008. Such protection may be grouped across several
Circuits at the Final Distribution Board. Exceptions may be allowed for high leakage
current applications where RCD protection of 100mA residual current rating may be
allowed, but only where such equipment is out of reach of persons;

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 68 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

[Note: an example of Circuits where 30mA RCD protection may not be practical is floodlighting
or large water pumps. Such items must be out of reach of any person using the swimming pool or
any associated washing areas.]
(b) no socket-outlets are permitted within Arm’s Reach of a swimming pool. Socket-
outlets may be provided outside this distance for purposes such as cleaning of the
pool, which must have a minimum ingress protection of IPX6 and must have an
integral RCD of residual current rating 30mA, see Guidance note G7(c);

(c) all Appliances, Luminaries and other Accessories must have a minimum level of
moisture ingress protection of IPX5;

(d) no Appliances, Luminaires or other Accessories may be installed within Arm’s

Reach of a swimming pool. However, such items are permitted within the swimming
pool area (but not shower room area) at a distance greater than Arm’s Reach from
the pool, provided that the requirements of Clauses 9.4.1(a) to 9.4.1(c) above are
complied with; and

(e) Appliances, Luminaires or Accessories which are within Arm’s Reach of a swimming
pool must be supplied by SELV or PELV and have a minimum level of ingress
protection of IPX7. Underwater lighting must be supplied by SELV at a maximum
Voltage of 12V AC or 30V DC and with ingress protection IPX8.

9.4.2 The requirement for Earth Leakage Protection on Final Circuits must be met, along
with the requirements for EEB and Supplementary Equipotential Bonding.

9.5 Water fountains

9.5.1 The requirements for protection against electric shock for water fountains are similar
to those required for swimming pools, with some exceptions, as follows:

[Note: it is assumed that persons may enter a water fountain for the purpose of maintenance, or
other reason, and the exposure to electric shock is therefore similar to that of swimming pools.]
(a) all Final Circuits must be protected by a RCD of residual current rating 30mA and
complying with BS EN 61008. Such protection may be grouped across several
Circuits at the Final Distribution Board. Exceptions may be allowed for high leakage
current applications where RCD protection of 100mA residual current rating may be
allowed, but only where such equipment is out of reach of any person;

[Note: an example of Circuits where 30mA RCD protection may not be practical is floodlighting or
large water pumps. Such items must be out of reach of persons whilst standing within the water
fountain.]
(b) no socket-outlets are permitted within Arm’s Reach of a water fountain. Socket-
outlets may be provided outside this distance for purposes such as cleaning of the
water fountain, which must have a minimum ingress protection of IPX6 and must
have an integral RCD of residual current rating 30mA, see Guidance note G7(c);

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 69 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

(c) all Appliances, Luminaires and other Accessories must have a minimum level of
moisture ingress protection of IPX5;

(d) no Appliances, Luminaires or other Accessories may be installed within Arm’s Reach
of a water fountain. However, such items are permitted at a distance greater than
Arm’s Reach from the water fountain, provided that the requirements of Clauses
9.5.1(a) to 9.5.1(c) above are complied with; and

(e) Appliances, Luminaires or Accessories which are within Arm’s Reach of a water
fountain must be supplied by SELV or PELV and have a minimum level of ingress
protection of IPX7. Underwater lighting must be supplied by SELV at a maximum
voltage of 12V AC or 30V DC and with ingress protection IPX8.

9.5.2 The requirement for Earth Leakage Protection on Final Circuits must be met, along
with the requirements for EEB and Supplementary Equipotential Bonding.

9.6 Temporary Electrical Installations

9.6.1 This Regulation applies to temporary Electrical Installations (e.g. construction sites,
work sites, exhibitions, tents, amusement parks, circuses) which are fixed or movable.

9.6.2 Due to the additional risks of damage and interference to temporary Electrical
Installations, the following precautions should be catered for in the design and
construction of such systems:

(a) all cables which are not installed in conduits or trunking must be armoured and
adequately protected against accidental or deliberate interference by persons, and
against the effects of weather;

[Note: type HO7 RN-F braided or armoured cables complying with BS EN 50525 are recommended.]
(b) outdoor temporary Electrical Installations must have a minimum ingress protection
level of IP55 and switchgear assemblies must comply with BS 4363 and BS EN
61439-4;

(c) specification for distribution assemblies for RLV electricity supplies for construction
and building sites shall comply with BS 4363;

(d) cables passing on or over walkways and access roads must be adequately enclosed
to avoid Danger. Buried cables must be installed so as to afford adequate protection
against damage, see Guidance note G6;

(e) particular attention should be given to the location, signing and protection of
equipment where the public may have access, in particular children;

(f) equipment should be located and adequate notices displayed so that emergency
disconnection of the electricity supply can be effected without delay. Locking
arrangements should be such that these can be removed in an emergency (e.g.
panic bar or keys available in break-out box);

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 70 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

[Note: typically, an emergency power off facility should be provided.]

(g) regular inspection and testing appropriate for the nature and use of the Electrical
Installation and sufficient to ensure compliance with these Regulations at all times
shall be carried out;

(h) an Earth Leakage Protected System and an Equipotential Bonded System must be
provided in line with Regulations 5.4 and 5.5; and

(i) outdoor socket-outlets must be provided with integral RCD protection with a residual
operating current of 30mA or less, and must have a minimum ingress protection
level of IP55.

[Note: water coolers and drinking fountains must be provided with individual RCD protection, in
addition to that provided at the Final Distribution Board.]

9.6.3 Reduced voltage supply (RLV) should be used where there is a high exposure to
potential damage, and where persons are involved in working in confined spaces or
other hazardous circumstances. See Appendix A18(e).

[Note: RLV is recommended on construction sites compared with supply by ELPS to avoid nuisance
tripping and the potential failure of RCDs in harsh outdoor environments.]
9.7 Roadway lighting

9.7.1 This Regulation applies to Electrical installations associated with roadway lighting
installed outdoors to produce quick, accurate, safe and comfortable visibility at night
or when visibility is low at streets, avenues, boulevards and highways.

[Note: the proper use of roadway lighting as an operative tool provides economic and social
benefits to the public as used in the Abu Dhabi Lighting Manual.]
9.7.2 Protection against electric shock for roadway lighting shall be provided by an Earth
Leakage Protected System (Regulation 5.4) and by an Earthed Equipotential Bonded
System (Regulation 5.5). In the latter case, the roadway lighting pole or other structure
shall be connected to a means of Earthing, which will normally be from the Distribution
Company supply cable.

9.7.3 Temporary supplies taken from street lights, such as for decorative lighting or
signboards, must be provided with Earth Leakage Protection using RCDs of residual
current rating no greater than 30mA where within reach of persons, or 100mA where
not within reach of persons. Time delayed devices may be used to avoid nuisance
tripping. Alternatively, such supplies may be provided by SELV or RLV.

[Note: Clauses 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5 and 9.8.6 of these regulations shall apply to Roadway lighting
installations]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 71 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

9.8 External lighting

9.8.1 This Regulation applies to Electrical Installations associated with external lighting
installed outdoors on Premises (e.g. decorative and landscape lighting etc.).

[Note: the scope does not include specialist high-mast lighting systems, e.g. football stadiums,
where used, the relevant approval shall be sought from the Distribution Company.]
9.8.2 External lighting Luminaires mounted on poles shall be supplied from a suitably rated
single phase RCBO.

[Note: the RCBO would typically be mounted at a lower level within the pole and be accessible via
an opening in the pole normally closed by a secure cover.]
9.8.3 The connecting cable between the Luminaire and the cut- out shall be a 3 core (L-N-E)
Double Insulated heat resistant flexible cable in accordance with BS EN 50525

9.8.4 The cut-out shall include suitably sized shrouded terminals to accommodate for
the looping in and looping out of 3 core (L-N-E) steel wire armoured cables and the
connections to the single phase RCBO

9.8.5 Earth bonding connections to the steel wire armour of the cable, the metal enclosure
of the cut- out or gland plate and the metal pole, shall be made within the cut-out.

9.8.6 The cut-out shall be metal enclosed or thermoplastic polymer with minimum ingress
protection of IP55.

9.8.7 Temporary supplies taken from external lighting cut- outs, such as for decorative
lighting or signboards, must be provided with Earth Leakage Protection using RCBOs
of residual current rating preferably 10mA but no greater than 30mA Alternatively,
such temporary supplies shall be SELV or RLV.

9.8.8 All Circuits supplying external lighting shall be single phase and protected by an Earth
Leakage Protected System (Regulation 5.4) and by an Earthed Equipotential Bonded
System (Regulation 5.5).

[Note: the use of three phase supply arrangements must be approved by the Distribution Company.]
9.8.9 Looping of external lighting Circuits shall be via purpose- made junction boxes or cut-
outs in compliance with Clause 7.5.16.

9.9 Marinas and similar locations

9.9.1 This Regulation applies to Electrical Installations in Marinas and similar locations.

9.9.2 Electrical Installation in a Marina environment shall be designed to minimise the following:

(a) risk of electric shock due to the wet environment and proximity to water;

(b) deterioration of the condition of electrical equipment due to the presence of salt
and water;

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 72 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

(c) damage to supply cables and flexible cord connections; and

(d) risk of fire and explosion.

[Note: for Electrical Installations on Leisure Crafts, refer to BS EN 60092-507]

9.9.3 Inspection, testing and certification of Electrical Installations in Marinas shall satisfy
the requirements set out in Part 8 of these Regulations.

Cables

9.9.4 Cables shall be selected and installed so that mechanical damage due to tidal and
other movement of craft and other floating structures is prevented.

9.9.5 Where cable management systems are used, they shall be installed to allow the
discharge of water by drainage holes and/or installation of the equipment on an incline.

9.9.6 Where flexible cables are used, they shall be in accordance with BS EN 50525.

Distribution Boards and Pedestals

9.9.7 Distribution Boards and Pedestals and all equipment mounted thereon and installed
outdoors must be corrosion resistant and give protection against mechanical damage
and ingress of dust and sand. A minimum ingress protection of IP55 is required.
[Note: Selection of IP code must take into account the particular location of the Electrical
Installation]
9.9.8 Pedestals must be located in the immediate vicinity of the berths.
9.9.9 In order to minimise the Pedestal exposure to water, any water outlet within the Marina
shall be suitably sited away from the Pedestal.
9.9.10 Pedestals shall include means of local isolation that disconnects phase(s) and neutral
9.9.11 Circuits supplying Pedestals must be individually protected against short-circuit,
overload, and earth leakage. The Earth Leakage Protection shall be effective for
leakage currents of 30mA.
[Note: refer to Appendix A21 for general arrangement for the connection of Pedestals]
Socket-Outlets and lighting
9.9.12 Socket-outlets and lights shall be placed at a height of not less than 1m above the
highest water level.
9.9.13 Socket-outlets shall comply with BS EN 60309, refer to Appendix A17(b).
9.9.14 A maximum of four socket-outlets shall be allowed on a single Pedestal.
9.9.15 All single phase socket-outlets and lighting on a common Pedestal shall be connected
on the same phase.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 73 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

9.9.16 Socket-outlet(s) and lighting in a Pedestal shall be individually protected against short-
circuit, overload, and earth leakage. The Earth Leakage Protection shall be effective
for leakage currents of no greater than 30mA.

9.9.17 There shall be at least one single-phase socket-outlet with a rated current of 16A on
each Pedestal.

[Note: person(s) operating a Leisure Craft must ensure that the Leisure Craft plug is suitable for
the Pedestal socket-outlet rating.]
9.9.18 One socket-outlet shall supply only one Leisure Craft.
9.9.19 All socket-outlets shall be provided with an interlock to prevent the insertion and
removal of plugs under loads.
9.9.20 Single-phase socket-outlets shall be blue in colour, and three-phase socket-outlets
shall be red in colour.
9.9.21 Where a three phase socket-outlet(s) is used, a warning sign of the existence of 400V
shall be provided on the Pedestal refer to Appendix A12(a).

9.10 Solar photovoltaic systems

General principles

9.10.1 This Regulation applies to Electrical Installations associated with solar photovoltaic
(PV) systems.

[Note: solar PV system intended for standalone operations (not connected in parallel with the Low
Voltage distribution system) are not covered in these Regulations.]
9.10.2 The design of solar PV systems shall be submitted to the relevant Distribution Company
for approval.

[Note: the solar PV system shall be inspected and tested by the Distribution Company prior to
energising the solar PV system.]
9.10.3 Solar PV system components and switchgear assemblies shall comply with the
relevant equipment standards listed in Appendix (A3).

9.10.4 The designer of a solar PV system shall consider the potential risks during the
installation, operation and maintenance of such systems. The design should consider
the assessment of the installation constraints including wind and structural loading.

9.10.5 Precautions shall be made to ensure that live parts are either not accessible or cannot
be touched during installation, operation and maintenance.

[Note: PV Modules cannot be switched off. A String of solar PV Modules can produce a voltage in
excess of 1000 V DC]
9.10.6 The design and installation of solar PV system shall enable maintenance and service
work to be carried out safely

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 74 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Protection

9.10.7 Solar PV system components shall be selected and erected so as to minimise the risk
of overloads, and short-circuits.

9.10.8 The wiring of solar PV systems shall withstand external influences such as wind,
temperature and solar radiation.

9.10.9 Equipment on the DC side of the solar PV system shall be suitably rated in consideration
of the highest DC voltage and highest DC current.

9.10.10 The current carrying capacity for solar PV system DC cables shall be at least 1.25
times Short Circuit Current (Isc) under standard test conditions at any location.

9.10.11 All PV DC cables shall be Double Insulated and black in colour.

[Note: to minimise Voltages induced by lightning, the area of all wiring loops shall be as small as
possible.]
9.10.12 PV Modules may be connected in series up to the maximum allowed operating voltage
of the PV Module and the PV Inverter, whichever is lower.

9.10.13 The DC side of the solar PV system shall be protected by the use of Class II Equipment.

9.10.14 For Inverters that are able to feed DC fault currents to the AC side of the Electrical
Installation, a type B RCD, in accordance with IEC 62423, shall be provided for the
automatic disconnection of the supply.

9.10.15 Where the DC side of the Electrical Installation is constructed to meet the
requirements of an installation using double or reinforced insulation, no connection
to Earth between the PV Modules or frame and main Earthing terminal is required.

9.10.16 Where blocking diodes are used, they shall be connected in series with the PV String,
and their reverse Voltage shall be rated for 2 times Open Circuit Voltage (Voc) under
standard test condition of the PV String.

9.10.17 The solar PV system shall automatically disconnect from the public grid supply in the
event of loss of grid or deviation of the electricity parameters at the supply terminals.

9.10.18 Single phase Inverters must be interlocked and configured to behave as an integrated
multiphase Inverter providing a reasonably balanced output to all connected phases
at all times whilst connected to the distribution system and taking into account of
the permitted disturbance limits under Clause 4.1.6.

[Note: this can be achieved by the internal controls of the Inverters. If the Inverter is not capable
of this functionality, then protection by the use of a phase balance relay which shall disconnect all
Inverters simultaneously in the absence of reasonable balance is required].
9.10.19 All AC Circuits connected to solar PV system Inverters shall be protected against
fault current by suitably rated overcurrent Protective Devices

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 75 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

9.10.20 A switch disconnector shall be provided on the DC side of the Inverter with the
following requirements:

(a) the switch disconnector must isolate all live conductors;

(b) the switch disconnector must be in a prominent position;

(c) the switch disconnector must be rated for DC operation at the system Voltage
maxima as calculated;

(d) the switch disconnector must be rated for DC operation at the system current
maxima as calculated;

(e) the switch disconnector must be clearly labelled as shown in Appendix A12(a); and

(f) the switch disconnector must clearly show the “On” and “Off” position.

9.10.21 A switch disconnector shall be provided on the AC side of the Inverter with the
following requirements:

(a) the switch disconnector must be located adjacent to the Inverter;

(b) the switch disconnector must switch all live conductors including the neutral;

(c) the switch disconnector must be clearly labelled as shown in Appendix A12(a):

(d) the switch disconnector must clearly show the “On” and “Off” position; and

(e) the switch disconnector must be lockable in the off position only.

9.10.22 Solar PV systems shall be connected via a dedicated Circuit from a switch disconnector
located adjacent to the MDB. The switch disconnector shall be connected via a
dedicated Circuit from the MDB. The switch disconnector shall be a standalone wall
mounted unit, clearly labelled, easily accessed, and lockable. It is also preferable
that the switch disconnector function be incorporated within a suitable enclosure
together with the loss of mains protection and metering devices where required.
Refer to Appendix A22.

[Note: the switch disconnector provides isolation of the PV system from the public grid supply.]
9.10.23 All labels must be clear, easily visible, constructed and affixed to remain legible
for as long as the enclosure is in use and written both in English and Arabic. PVC
engraved labels shall be used, see Appendix A12(a).

9.10.24 Labelling along PV DC cables shall indicate the polarity and associated Dangers as
shown in Appendix A12(a). The labels shall be fixed every 5 to 10m.

Inspection and site testing

9.10.25 Inspection and site testing of the completed solar PV system shall be carried out and
documented by a Licensed Contractor under the supervision of a solar PV system

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 76 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

designer, refer to Appendix A20(f) and Appendix A20(g) for a sample Solar PV test
and inspection reports.

9.10.26 The inspection and testing of AC Circuits is covered in Part 8 of these Regulations.

9.10.27 The inspection and testing of the DC side of the Solar PV system shall be in
accordance with the requirements of BS EN 62446. The tests required as a minimum
shall include the following:

(a) connection of conductors;

(b) continuity test of protective Earthing and/or equipotential bonding conductors

(where used);

(c) polarity test;

(d) string Open Circuit Voltage test;

(e) string Short Circuit Current test;

(f) functional tests; and

(g) insulation resistance of the DC Circuits.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 77 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

10. Power factor correction

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 78 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

10. Power factor correction

10.1 General requirements

10.1.1 The power factor at any Connection Point between the Distribution Company and an
Owner’s Electrical Installation shall be maintained between 0.9 lagging and unity.
10.1.2 Air-conditioning units, motors, large electrical machines, fluorescent or discharge
lighting, etc., shall be provided with power factor correction. Where the requirements
in Clause in 10.1.1 still cannot be achieved, the use of capacitor banks shall be
permitted.
[Note: Power factor correction may be provided by a selection of equipment including variable speed
drives, integral capacitors, or other suitable methods. The design must account for restrictions of
disturbances under Clause 4.1.6.]
10.1.3 The use of capacitor banks in residential villas shall be determined by the distribution
company on a case by case basis and hence permitted in accordance with the relevant
regulations and shall be installed in the main intake room.
10.1.4 All power factor correction capacitors shall normally be of dry or oil-filled, metal
encapsulated, sealed type. The use of oil containing PCB (poly-chlorinated biphenyls)
is strictly prohibited.
10.1.5 Power factor correction capacitors shall be provided with a means of prompt discharge
on disconnection of the supply Voltage. The discharge circuit shall be permanently or
automatically connected to the capacitor. Manual means of switching or connecting
the discharge circuit is not permitted.
10.1.6 Automatically regulated capacitor banks, when used, shall provide, as far as reasonably
practicable, a smoothed power factor throughout the range of operation.
10.1.7 Capacitor banks and associated components shall be suitably designed and selected
to ensure reliable and continuous operation at a maximum system Voltage of 440V
and at a maximum ambient temperature of 50˚C.
[Note: the design of capacitor banks must be verified by the appropriate type test.]
10.1.8 For induction motors with a permanently connected capacitor unit, the capacitor unit
rating must not exceed 90% of the no-load reactive power of the motor.
[Note: this is required in order to avoid the occurrence of self-excitation on run-down condition of
the motor.]
10.1.9 The occurrence of harmonics while employing variable speed drives, welding machines
or similar devices in Circuits can lead to disturbances in the system and may cause
capacitor failure. To minimise this risk, harmonic filter reactors must be employed in
series with capacitors.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 79 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

10.2 Specifications for capacitors

10.2.1 The Voltage rating of capacitor units shall be 480V as a minimum.
10.2.2 Capacitor units shall be temperature class D.
10.2.3 Capacitor units shall be metal encapsulated.
10.2.4 Capacitor units shall be capable of continuous operation in accordance with the over-
voltage and overcurrent requirements of IEC 60831.
10.2.5 Built-in discharge resistors for capacitors shall be sized to ensure safe discharge of
the capacitor to less than 50V in one minute after a switch off.
[Note: capacitors should not restart until a minimum 3 minutes after the restoration of the supply.]
10.2.6 Each capacitor shall be provided with a permanent nameplate, which includes the
following information:
(a) name of the manufacturer;
(b) serial number;
(c) year of manufacture;
(d) rated reactive power;
(e) rated Voltage (rms);
(f) number of phases;
(g) rated frequency;
(h) statement of discharge device;
(i) short-circuit current; and
(j) statement of liquid fill (if any)
10.2.7 Capacitors shall have provision for effective Earth connection of the case to the
capacitor mounting frame and to the Circuit Earth Conductor.
10.2.8 Capacitors and related components such as regulators, indicating instruments,
contactors, etc., shall be capable of withstanding local environmental conditions.
10.2.9 Contactors shall be suitably rated and designed for capacitive back to back switching
with pre insertion resistors and be able to withstand switching surges. Contactors
shall isolate all three phases on switch off of the capacitor bank or on loss of supply
voltage.
10.2.10 Each capacitor step shall be protected against conditions of overload and short-circuit
by means of suitably rated rated overcurrent relays and suitably rated HRC fuses
(current limiting type) respectively.
10.2.11 The capacitor panel must be provided with a suitably rated main incomer isolating
switch. This shall be a three-pole isolator or MCCB. The handle of the incomer isolator
or MCCB shall be interlocked with the door to ensure that the capacitor bank is de-
energised when the door is open.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 80 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

10.2.12 A capacitor bank shall not be a part of the motor control centre, main LV panel or
sub-main panel, but it shall be accommodated in a separate cubicle, see Appendix
A12(d).
10.2.13 Capacitor banks shall conform to the latest relevant international standards, including
the following:
Relevant international standards for capacitors

Relevant international standards for capacitors

LV switchboard IEC 61439-1

Degree of protection IEC 60529

LV circuit-breaker and disconnector IEC 60947 (1-5)

Power factor correction capacitors IEC 60831 (1-2)

Power factor regulator IEC 60664 and IEC 1010-1

Capacitor switching contactors IEC 60871 and IEC 60831

Detuning reactors IEC 60076-6 and IEC 60076

Low-voltage power factor correction banks IEC 61921

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 81 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

11. Electric motors

and starters

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 82 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

11. Electric motors and starters

11.1 General requirements
11.1.1 When motors are starting and running up to full speed, a current higher than the
normal full load amps (FLA) is drawn. This starting current results in a Voltage drop.
The permissible Voltage drop levels are as stated in the Electricity Distribution
Code. The motor starting current and resulting Voltage drop is reduced when motor
starters employing current limiting starting equipment are used.
11.1.2 All single-phase motors above 1 HP and three-phase motors above 3 HP shall be
provided with current limiting starting equipment to effectively keep the starting
current within the following limits:
Rating of motor Maximum permissible starting current
1 HP to 5 HP 5 x full-load current
Above 5 HP and up to 50 HP 2 x full-load current
Above 50 HP and up to 150 HP 1.5 x full-load current
[Note: it is preferred that modern practice is followed by the provision of variable frequency
drives, where appropriate, to limit the starting current but also to afford further control and reduce
the energy usage. Other starting techniques such as star-delta, primary resistance starter, auto
transformer or electronic soft starter may also be considered depending on the application.]
11.1.3 Where motor ratings and starting currents exceed those above, then the relevant
diagrams, operation information, protection arrangements, starter details, system
Voltage drop calculations etc. must be provided to the Distribution Company to gain
approval for connection.
11.1.4 All electric motors shall be provided with internal proprietary terminal block to
facilitate connection
11.1.5 Wiring and control diagrams must be permanently fixed, adjacent to motors.
11.2 Protection and isolation
11.2.1 All electric motors shall be adequately protected against overload, short-circuit, loss
of one or more phases and Voltage dips, etc. as appropriate for each application.
Emergency fire fighting motors or pumps are excluded from this Clause as they may
be required to operate to failure without the provision of Protective Devices.
[Note: motor control and protection equipment must be arranged so that re-starting is not
automatic after automatic tripping due to a fault or other disturbance mentioned in Clause 11.2.1
above. It is recommended that air-conditioning units above 3kW be provided with under-Voltage
tripping relays operating at 75% of the nominal supply Voltage and with an auto-reset timer set at
between 5 and 10 minutes.]
11.2.2 All electric motors above 5 HP must be provided with protection against mechanical
overload.
11.2.3 Emergency switching (e.g. push-button switch) shall be provided for moving machinery
which may require immediate manual disconnection from the supply in case of an
accident or other situation to avoid Danger.
11.2.4 All mechanical equipment shall be provided with a means of isolation close to the
equipment which can be locked and kept under the control of the person performing
maintenance, see Guidance note G9.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 83 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

12. Standby generators

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 84 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

12. Standby generators

12.1 General requirements
12.1.1 Installation and connection of standby generators in any Electrical Installation, for
the purpose of maintaining power in the case of a failure of the incoming supply,
shall be permitted only with the prior approval of the Distribution Company.
12.1.2 The changeover circuit-breaker shall have 4 poles for a three-phase generator and 2
poles for a single-phase generator, to ensure that all live and neutral conductors are
disconnected at the same time.
12.1.3 The installation and changeover arrangements must ensure that there is no possibility
of paralleling the generator and incoming mains supply. If paralleling arrangements
are required, these must be mechanically and electrically interlocked and be
specifically assessed and approved by the Distribution Company.
12.1.4 The requirements for generator connections and Earthing arrangements are provided
in the Electricity Distribution Code.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 85 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

13.
Electrical Vehicle (EV)
Charging Systems

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 86 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

13. Electrical Vehicle (EV) Charging Systems

13.1 General Principles
13.1.1 This Part applies to the installation of both AC and DC dedicated conductive charging
equipment for charging of battery powered Electric Vehicles.
[Note: see Installation of Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) Guidance Document Jan 2017]
13.1.2 This Part does not cover inductive charging equipment and Electrical Installations
meant for scooters or similar vehicles of 10A and less.
13.1.3 The technical requirements set out in this Part applies to all locations where such
equipment may be required, such locations include but are not limited to domestic
installations, on-street installations, public and private car parks, malls, offices, and
single-level or multi-story car parks.
13.1.4 The Electrical Vehicle charging equipment, also known as the Electrical Vehicle
Supply Equipment (EVSE), are fixed Electrical Installations which are connected to
the mains electrical supply and provide electrical energy to recharge the traction
batteries of electrically propelled road vehicles.
13.1.5 EVSE shall be designed, installed, maintained and tested in accordance with the
listed technical requirements of this Part as well as all relevant requirements of the
Electricity Wiring Regulations.
13.1.6 The design of EVSE shall be submitted to the relevant Distribution Company for
review and approval.
[Note: EVSE shall be inspected and tested by the Distribution Company prior to energisation.]
13.1.7 The designer of EVSE shall consider the potential risks during the installation,
operation and maintenance of such Equipment and systems.
13.1.8 The design should consider protection against vehicle impact, EVSE shall be installed
in a position to minimise the likelihood of vehicle impact damage.
[Note: Where the likelihood of vehicle impact damage cannot be minimised, the use of additional
protection barriers shall be installed. A typical protection against mechanical stress impact for
EVSE installed outdoors is IK10 in accordance with IEC 62262]
13.1.9 EVSE shall be installed in a position to avoid obstruction to public or private footpaths
and it shall not be installed in such a position that causes unnecessary trip hazard.
[Note: Electrical wiring shall be routed to avoid creating potential trip hazard, and suitably
clipped or enclosed in a containment system.]
13.1.10 EVSE shall be installed so as to minimise the distance between the Vehicle Inlet and
the charging equipment.
13.1.11 EVSE shall not be installed in locations where potentially explosive atmosphere
exists such as petrol stations. Where it is required to have EVSE equipment in such
locations it must be installed outside the hazardous zone.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 87 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

13.1.12 Precautions shall be made to ensure that live parts are either not accessible or
cannot be touched during installation, operation and maintenance.
13.1.13 The design and installation of EVSE shall enable maintenance and service work to
be carried out safely.
13.1.14 Means of preventing unauthorized usage of the charging facilities such as housing
the socket outlet in a padlocked box or using an access card for energising charging
facility etc. may be provided as necessary especially for outdoor installations.
13.1.15 EVSE shall be installed with sufficient space around it to allow for adequate ventilation
and cooling of the equipment (e.g. DC charging equipment incorporating rectifiers).
[Note: It is strongly recommended that the designer and installer of the EV charging equipment
electrical installation refer to the manufacturer’s installation and operational instructions
supplied with the equipment for details.]
13.1.16 EVSE and all associated equipment shall have an IP rating suitable for the installation
location; for indoor locations a minimum ingress protection of IP44 shall be used; for
outdoor locations a minimum ingress protection of IP55 shall be used.
13.1.17 For domestic usage (i.e. home charging), Mode-2 charging is recommended, however
installation of the In-cable control and protection devices (IC-CPD) for mode 2
charging of electric road vehicles shall be in accordance with IEC 62752. The use of
Mode-3 charging in homes may be allowed with a maximum rating of 32A and with
the prior approval from the Distribution Company. For areas accessed by the public
only Mode-3 and Mode-4 can be used.
13.1.18 EVSE components shall comply with the relevant reference standards provided in the
table below and any other relevant standards in Appendix A3.

Components BS IEC

Electric Vehicle (EV) and Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE)

61851-1* 61851-1
61851-21* 61851-21
EV conductive charging system
61851-23* 61851-23
61851-24* 61851-24
62196-1* 62196-1
Plugs, socket-outlets, Vehicle Connectors and
62196-2* 62196-2
Vehicle Inlets. Conductive charging of electric,
62196-3* 62196-3
vehicles, In-cable
62752* 62752

Degrees of protection provided by enclosures, IP code 60529* 60529

External mechanical impact protection 62262* 62262

[Note: British Standards marked with an asterix * are also issued as European Standards under
the same number (labelled as BS EN).]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 88 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

13.2 Final Circuit

13.2.1 EVSE shall be supplied by a separate and a dedicated Radial Circuit that supplies
no other loads except ventilation equipment intended for use with the EVSE where
required. However, more than one EVSE can be fed from the same supply Circuit,
provided that the combined current demand of the equipment does not exceed the
rating of the supply Circuit.
[Note: For the purpose of these Regulations, EV charging loads are considered to be continuous.
It shall be considered that in normal use, each single charging point is used at its rated current.]
13.2.2 Cables supplying EVSE shall be mechanically protected by means of metal sheath/
armour, or installed inside a rigid steel conduit, plastic or PVC conduit, refer to
Clause 7.5.2 and 7.5.8.
13.2.3 Each Final Circuit shall be sized to carry the rated current of the EVSE and with limited
voltage drop as required by the Electricity Wiring Regulations, and the instructions of
the EV charging equipment manufacturer, refer to Clause 7.5.10.
13.2.4 Where the final circuit supplies more than one EVSE charging point no diversity shall
be allowed. The use of a diversity factor may be allowed for a dedicated distribution
circuit supplying multiple EVSE charging points if load control is available.
13.2.5 Cable Extension unit must not be used with the EV charging cable assembly.
13.3 Sockets and Connectors
13.3.1 One socket-outlet or Vehicle Connector shall be used to charge only one EV.
13.3.2 For residential villas, a minimum of one EV charging point located in a suitable
location is recommended.
13.3.3 EVSE shall be installed such that the main operating controls and any socket-outlet
are between 0.75m and 1.2m above ground.
[Note: Mounting height may be varied for special circumstances such as access for disabled
persons or physical condition at the site.]
13.3.4 The use of Mode-1 charging is not permitted under these Regulations due to the lack
of safety measures associated with this mode of charging.
13.3.5 For Mode 2 charging, each AC charging point shall incorporate an interlocked socket-
outlet complying with BS EN 60309. The rating of the socket-outlet shall not exceed
32A.
[Note: Mode 2 charging cables must have an In-Cable Control Box typically provided by the EV
manufacturer.]
13.3.6 For Mode 3 charging, each AC charging point shall incorporate a Vehicle Connector
or a type-2 socket-outlet complying with BS EN 62196-2.
13.3.7 For Mode 4 charging, a connector complying with IEC 62196 type 4 is to be used
with the use of a tethered cable.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 89 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

13.3.8 For Mode 3 and Mode 4 mechanical or electrical locking system shall be provided
to prevent unintentional plugging or unplugging of the Vehicle Connector unless
switched off from the supply.
13.3.9 EV manufacturers’ instructions should be followed when determining the type of
socket- outlet to be installed.
13.3.10 If different modes are combined on a single Vehicle Connector, IEC 62196-3 type 2
‘Combo 2’ connector shall be used
13.4 Isolation and switching
13.4.1 A means of isolating the supply to the EVSE circuit shall be provided, in accordance
with Regulation 5.6. This isolating device shall be capable of being locked in the open
position and also located in a position that is readily accessible for maintenance
purposes and shall be suitably identified by marking and/or labelling.
13.4.2 Where an emergency switch is provided it shall be located in a position that is
readily accessible and shall be suitably identified by marking and/or labelling and
shall disconnect all live conductors including the neutral.
13.5 Protection
13.5.1 EVSE and all associated equipment shall be selected and erected so as to minimise
the risk of overloads, and short-circuits.
13.5.2 Each Final Circuit shall be individually protected against fault current by a suitably
rated overcurrent Protective Devices.
13.5.3 Basic protection against electrical shock shall be provided by automatic disconnection
of supply or electrical separation. Refer to Regulation 5.3.
13.5.4 Every charging point shall be individually protected by a 30mA RCD. The RCD shall
disconnect all live conductors, including the neutral.
[Note: Either an RCBO or RCD with characteristics of type A is acceptable. If it is known that the
DC component of the residual current exceeds 6mA then a Type B RCD complying with IEC 62423
shall be used.]
13.5.5 The requirements of Earth Leakage Protection on Final Circuits must be met, along
with the requirements for Earthed Equipotential Bonding and Supplementary
Equipotential Bonding. Refer to Regulations 5.4 and 5.5.
[Note: There should be discrimination between any RCD installed at the connecting point or
incorporated in the charging equipment and the protection at the origin of the Circuit (e.g. Type S
RCD used at the origin.]
13.6 Labelling requirements
13.6.1 All labelling and identifications requirements listed in Regulation 3.6 are applicable
to this Part.
13.6.2 All labels must be clear, easily visible, constructed and affixed to remain legible for
as long as the enclosure is in use and written both in English and Arabic.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 90 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

13.6.3 An operation instruction for the charging facility including essential information
of the rated voltage (V), frequency (Hz), current (A), and number of phase shall be
displayed at a prominent location at each of the parking space with EVSE.
13.6.4 Directional signage inside and outside car park is recommended to direct EV drivers
to designated parking spaces with EVSE.
13.7 Inspection and site testing
13.7.1 Upon completing the installation of the EVSE and before energisation, the installation
shall be inspected and tested by a Licensed Contractor to verify that the installation
complies with the manufacturer’s instructions, all applicable standards as well as
these Regulations.
13.7.2 Periodic inspections and testing shall be carried out in accordance with these
Regulations, and the manufacturer recommendations.
13.7.3 Refer to Part 8 of the Regulations for the required inspection, site testing and
certification.
13.8 Provision of information
13.8.1 Owners and operators of EVSE are required to provide such information to the DoE
concerning the activities and services relevant to their EVSE as the DoE may request.
13.8.2 Owners and operators of EVSE accessed by the public are required to submit to the
DoE, where requested to do so, complete information on the service charge rate
and the payment mechanism they levy on their customers if any (i.e. EV drivers).

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 91 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

14. Review of DoE decision

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 92 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

14. Review of DoE decision

14.1 Application for review

14.1.1 Any application for enquiry, clarification, dispute, relaxation relevant to these
Regulations must be in the first instance made in writing to the Distribution Company
with supporting documents who in turn shall provide a resolution.
14.1.2 The Distribution Company may seek further clarifications and/or more documents
from the applicant to assist with resolving the case in question.
14.1.3 The Distribution Company may seek support from the DoE to assist with providing a
resolution to the case.
14.1.4 In the event the distribution company fails to provide a satisfactory resolution or
should the applicant wish to appeal the decision of the Distribution Company, an
application must be made in writing to the DoE and submitted with supporting
documents.
14.2 Timescale for application for review
14.2.1 The time scale for application to be reviewed by DoE is 30 calendar days.

14.3 Extension of time for application for review

14.3.1 Licensee/Applicant will be informed in case of any extension of time required for
application review.
14.4 DoE request for information
14.4.1 DoE may request from an Entity making an application for a decision, any information
or documentation it considers reasonable and necessary in the circumstances and
the Entity must provide such information within the period specified by the DoE.
14.5 DoE decision
14.5.1 DoE shall notify the Entity which made the application of its final decision
14.5.2 DoE may:
(a) Make any decision it sees fit in the circumstances; and/or
(b) Issue directions as it sees fit to the Entity which made the application for review
and to any third party. Any decisions or directions issued by DoE are binding on
the Entity which made the application for review and any third party stated in
these decisions or directions.
(c) Failure to comply with decisions or directions issued by DoE under this Part shall
be considered as a failure to comply with these Regulations.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 93 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

15. Failure to comply

with Regulations

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 94 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

15. Failure to comply with Regulations

15.1 Reporting failures
15.1.1 Any failure to comply with these Regulations or any act that may be considered as a
failure to comply with these Regulations must be reported to the DoE.
15.2 Enforcement procedures
15.2.1 In case of failure to comply with these Regulations, the DoE may issue a written
warning notice to the non-complying Entity.
15.2.2 The warning notice shall include:
(a) The name of the Entity;
(b) The regulation which has been violated;
(c) A tolerance period to comply;
(d) The enforcement procedures to be taken against the Entity in case it does not
comply with the Regulations within the tolerance period.
15.2.3 Without prejudice to any other stricter punishment provided in any other legislation,
an administrative fine of not more than (AED 10,000,000) ten million dirhams shall
be imposed on anyone who contravenes the provisions of these Regulations and the
rules, policies, decisions, circulars, codes issued thereunder pursuant to Article (10)
Law No (11) of 2018.
15.2.4 After Executive Council’s approval, the DoE Chairman shall issue the table of offenses
and fines for violating any of these Regulations and the rules, policies, decisions,
circulars, and codes issued thereunder.
15.2.5 The DoE shall remove any violation of these Regulations at the expense of the violator
if the latter does not remove it as specified by DoE.
15.2.6 The DoE reserves the right to take further administrative sanctions against violators
in accordance with Article (11) of Law No (11) of 2018
15.2.7 Failure to comply with these Regulations (or any party herein) may be also deemed
as a breach of a license condition where applicable.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 95 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

16. Governing Law

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 96 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

16. Governing Law

16.1 Governing Law
16.1.1 These Regulations and the rights and duties of any parties hereunder shall be
governed by the laws of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi and the federal laws of the UAE as
applied by the courts of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 97 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

17. Appendices

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 98 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

17. Appendices
A1. Glossary of terms and abbreviations
A Amps or Amperes
ACB Air Circuit Breaker
AC alternating current
a/c air-conditioning
BS British Standard
BS EN British Standard which has been published under the European Normalisation procedure
BSI British Standards Institute
CB Circuit Breaker
CP Connection Point (see definitions)
CEC Circuit Earth Conductor (see definitions)
CPC Circuit Protective Conductor (see definition for CEC)
DC direct current
ECC Earth Continuity Conductor (see definition for CEC)
EEB Earthed Equipotential Bonding (see definitions)
EEBS Earthed Equipotential Bonded System (see definitions)
E/F Earth Fault (protective device)
ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit-Breaker
ELP Earth Leakage Protection (see definitions)
ELPS Earth Leakage Protected System (see definitions)
ELV Extra-Low Voltage (see definitions)
EN European Normalisation standard document
ESMA Emirates Standardization & Metrology Authority
FCU Fan Coil Unit
ESMA Emirates Standardization & Metrology Authority
FCU Fan Coil Unit
FDB Final Distribution Board (see definitions)
HP Horse-Power (= 0.746kW)
HRC High Rupture Capacity (fuse)
HV High Voltage (see definitions)
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
In Nominal current rating or current setting of a Protective Device

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 99 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A1. Continued…
kA kilo-Amps
kV kilo-Volts
LV Low Voltage (see definitions)
m Metres
MCB Miniature Circuit-Breaker
MCCB Moulded Case Circuit-Breaker
MDB Main Distribution Board (see definitions)
MEC Main Earth Conductor (see definitions)
MET Main Earth Terminal (see definitions)
MICC Mineral Insulated Copper-Clad (type of cable)
ms milli-seconds
˚C degrees Celsius
PELV Protective Extra-Low Voltage (see definitions)
PV Photovoltaic
PVC Poly-vinyl Chloride (insulation for LV cables)
r.m.s root-mean-square (value of voltage, current etc.)
RCBO Residual Current Breaker (with) Overcurrent Protection
RCCB Residual Current Circuit-Breaker
RCD Residual Current Device (see definitions)
RLV Reduced Low Voltage (see definitions)
Sec Seconds
S cross-sectional area (of conductors, mm²)
SMDB Sub Main Distribution Board (see definitions)
SELV Separated Extra-Low Voltage (see definitions)
TN-S a Distribution Company Earthed System (see definitions)
TT a Locally Earthed System (see definitions)
Uo nominal phase Voltage
WED Water and Electricity Department (Abu Dhabi)
Ze External Earth Fault Loop Impedance at Intake
Zs Total Earth Fault Loop Impedance (see definitions)

ZR1+R2 Internal Loop Impedance (R1 = resistance of Circuit conductor, R2 = resistance of Earth
Conductor)

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 100 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A2. Recommended Books and references

Books:
(1) Requirements for Electrical Installations (BS 7671: 2018) The Institution of Engineering and
Technology (formerly the Institution of Electrical Engineers)
(2) IEE Guidance Note 8 - Earthing & Bonding The Institution of Engineering and Technology
(3) IEE Guidance Note 7 – Special Locations
The Institution of Engineering and Technology
(4) IEE Guidance Note 5 – Protection Against Electric Shock The Institution of Engineering and Technology
(5) Exam Success – The IEE Wiring Regulations 2381
The Institution of Engineering and Technology, City & Guilds
(6) The IEE On-site Guide to BS 7671:2008 (2011)
The Institution of Engineering and Technology
(7) The IEE Electrical Installation Design Guide The Institution of Engineering and Technology
(8) The Electricians Guide – 3rd Edition John Whitfield, EPA Press
(9) Testing Electrical Installations
A Hinsley, Castleknight Publications
(10) Advanced Testing Techniques
A Hinsley, Castleknight Publications
(11) Inspection, Testing and Certification The Electrical Safety Council (NICEIC)
(12) Snags and Solutions Part 1 – Earthing & Bonding
The National Inspection Council for Electrical Installation Contracting (NICEIC)
(13) Domestic Electrical Installation Guide
The National Inspection Council for Electrical Installation Contracting (NICEIC)
Regulations:
(14) Abu Dhabi Emirate Environment Health and Safety Management System (ADEHSMS)
COP15 - Electrical Safety
(15) Former ADWEA Wiring Rules and Regulations for LV Installations 2003, Abu Dhabi Water
and Electricity Authority
(16) Regulations for Electrical Installation Works 1980 Water and Electricity Department
(WED) of Abu Dhabi
(17) The Earth Leakage Protection Regulations 2001 The former Regulation and Supervision
Bureau

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 101 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A2. Continued…
(18) Regulations for Electrical Installations 1997 Dubai Electricity Authority
(19) Rules and Regulations of Electrical Connections Sharjah Electricity and Water Authority
(20) The Australian & New Zealand Wiring Rules AS/NZS 3000:2000 Standards Australia/
Standards New Zealand
(21) The Electricity Safety (Installations) Regulations 1999 Government of Victoria (Australia)
(22) The Electricity Safety (Network Assets) Regulations 1999 Government of Victoria (Australia)
(23) Industry Standard for Electrical Installations on Construction Sites Office of the
Chief Electrical Inspector, Victoria (Australia)
(24) New Zealand Code of Practice for Homeowner / Occupier’s Electrical Wiring Work,
Energy Safety Service, Wellington, New Zealand
(25) Code of Practice for Safe Electrical Work
Office of the Chief Electrical Inspector, Victoria (Australia)
(26) The Electricity Safety, Quality and Continuity Regulations 2002 Her Majesty’s
Stationary Office, UK
(27) The Plugs and Sockets etc. (Safety) Regulations 1994 Her Majesty’s Stationary Office, UK
(28) The Low Voltage Electrical Equipment (Safety) Regulations 1989 (Adoption of the
Low Voltage Directive No. 73/23/ EEC) Her Majesty’s Stationary Office, UK
(29) The Electrical Equipment (Safety) Regulations 1994 Her Majesty’s Stationary Office, UK
Reference Papers:
(30) Cahier Technique no. 172 – Earthing Systems in LV B Lacroix, R Calvas, Schneider Electric
(31) Cahier Technique no. 173 – Earthing Systems Worldwide B Lacroix, R Calvas,
Schneider Electric
(32) Neutral Earthing in LV Networks
A Robert, J Hoeffelman, CIRED Conference June 2001
(33) Plugs and Sockets Around the World Conrad H. McGregor, World Standards
(34) The Distribution Code – Annex 1 – E/R 1 – Limits for Harmonics in the Electricity
Supply System Approved by the former Regulation and Supervision Bureau
(35) The Distribution Code – Annex 1 – E/R 7 – Limits for Voltage Fluctuations in the
Electricity Supply System Approved by the former Regulation and Supervision Bureau
(36) The Distribution Code – Annex 1 – E/R 10 – Limits for Voltage Unbalance in the
Electricity Supply System Approved by the former Regulation and Supervision Bureau
(37) Designing for Low Resistance Grounding Lightning Eliminators & Consultants, Inc
(38) Guide to the Installation of Photovoltaic Systems Microgeneration Certification
Scheme (‘MCS’)

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 102 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A3. Reference standards

Components BS IEC

Cables

Power & lighting (70˚C PVC, 6004 6004

50525-1:2011*,
Power and lighting (90˚C rubber, 50525-2-41:2011*,
thermosetting) 50525-2-42:2011*,
7889
60702-3:2016*
Mineral insulated (copper-clad) 702
60702-1*
50525-1:2011*,
50525-2-11:2011*,
Flexible cables & cords (domestic) 50525-2-12:2011*, 245
50525-2-21:2011*,
50525-2-71:2011*
Low smoke (90˚C rubber, 7846, 7211, 6724,
thermosetting) 7629
Armoured cables (90˚C rubber,
5467
thermosetting)
Switchgear and control wiring 6231

Flexible cables for lifts 50214*

Cable glands 6121

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 103 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A3. Continued…

Components BS IEC

Cables

Crimp connectors 61238*

Cable cleats 61914*

Conduits & trunking

4568, 60423*,
61386-21,
Steel 423, 614
61386*,61386*,
80000*
PVC 4607

Flexible steel 61386-23

Cable tray 61537*

Trunking 4678*

The standards listed below are for typical components used in an Electrical Installation. However,
this list is not exhaustive and the latest relevant BS or IEC standards should be used.

Components BS IEC

Electrical Accessories

General 5733

Ceiling roses 67

Cooker Control Units 4177

Household Appliances 60335*

Plugs & socket-outlets (domestic) 546, 1363, 4573

Plugs & socket-outlets (industrial) 60309*

Switches (domestic) 60669*

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 104 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A3. Continued…

Components BS IEC

Electrical Accessories

Lighting 60598*

Emergency lighting 5266

Signs and discharge lighting 559

Isolating (safety) transformers 61558*

LV switchgear & assemblies

General 61439* 61439

Contactors & motor starters 60947* 947

Circuit-Breakers (MCB, MCCB) 60898* 898

Circuit-Breakers (RCD, RCBO) 61008*, 61009* 1008, 755

Fuses 88, 60269* 269

Busbar trunking systems 61439-6* 61439-6

General

Fire / combustibility test 60695- 4* 60695

Degrees of protection & ingress 60529* 60529

Assemblies for construction sites 4363 364-7-704

Hazardous areas 60079* 60079

Lightning protection 62305* 62305

7430, 951,
Earthing 364-5-54
4444
Wiring diagram symbols 60617
Identification and marking of the man-
60445*
machine interface
RCD socket-outlets 7288

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 105 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A3. Continued…

Components BS IEC

Electrical Accessories
Thin-film terrestrial photovoltaic PV
61215* 61215
modules
Crystalline silicon terrestrial PV
61215* 61215
modules
Solar PV modules safety
61730-1* 61730-1,
qualification
Solar PV inverters degree of
61730-2* 61730-2
protection
Solar PV inverters protection class 60529* 60529
Solar PV inverters characteristics of
60664-1* 60664-1
the utility interface
Solar PV inverters EMC
61727* 61727
Conformance
61000-3-2,
Solar PV inverters Harmonics 61000-3-3,
61000*
Conformance 61000-3-11,
61000-3-12
Solar PV inverters power converting
62109* 62109
equipment safety
Solar PV DC cable See Note 4 See Note 4

Solar PV DC connectors 62852* 62852

RCD Type B 62423* 62423

Note 1: British Standards marked with an asterix * are also issued as European Standards under
the same number (labelled as BS EN).
Note 2: for compliance requirements under the Regulations see Clause 3.1.2 and 3.1.4.
Note 3: reference standards for capacitors are given under Regulation 10.2.
Note 4: for solar DC cables the following standards may be referenced UL 4703, TUV 2 PfG
1169/08.2007, VDE E PV 01:2008-02 and BS EN 50618.
British Standards are issued by the British Standards Institute (BSI), a UK National Standards body. The
UK Wiring Regulations (BS 7671) are published jointly by BSI and the IET (formerly known as the IEE).
The BSI represents UK international standards work through the British Electrotechnical Committee
(BEC) which is a member of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) and also a member
of the European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation (CENELEC). There are 24 member
countries of CENLEC (formed in 1973) whose role is to prepare standards for the European market.
CENELEC issues ‘EN’ standards which are adopted by the member countries, and ‘HD’ standards
which are adopted in their general technical content by member countries. The IEC (formed in 1906)
has 48 member countries and IEC standards may be adopted voluntarily by any country.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 106 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A4. List of regulations and clauses which do not apply to existing electrical installations
The Electricity Wiring Regulations are effective from 1 January 2008. For any Electrical Installations
which were constructed prior to this date, the following Regulations do not apply.

Clause or Regulation Reason Application

Installation components to meet Does not apply (see also Clause
international standards 3.3.3 referring
Clause 3.1.4
to repairs to existing
installations)
Requirement for Earth Leakage Does not apply
Clause 3.5.6
Protection (ELP) and Earthed
Clause 5.3.4
Equipotential Bonding
Clause 5.5.1
(EEB)
Emergency lighting in Electricity Does not apply
Clause 4.2.9
Intake rooms
Prohibition of BS 546 plugs Does not apply but it is
and socket-outlets in domestic recommended to
Clause 7.1.1
premised replace BS 546 socket-
outlets with BS 1363 type
All Final Distribution Boards must, Does not apply if a single RCD
be arranged so as to provide for at of residual operating current
least two zones of ELP 30mA is fitted to cover the
whole DB, or a RCD of residual
operating current of 100mA is
fitted to cover the whole DB
and 30mA RCBOs fitted in
Clause 7.8.6
the DB for all bathrooms
and socket-outlet circuits.
Otherwise this Regulation shall
apply after 1 January 2015, or
the date of the next inspection
or re- certification, whichever
is the earlier
Note: for the avoidance of doubt, for any Electrical Installations constructed before 1 January
2008, Clause 7.8.6 (Regulation 7.8) shall apply on the date of the next inspection or re-certification,
unless the conditions in the above table are satisfied.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 107 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(a) Distribution Company Earthed System (TN-S)

[ see Regulation 6.2]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 108 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(b) Locally Earthed System (TT)

[ see Regulation 6.2]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 109 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(c) Distribution Company Earthed System with Locally Earthed System (TN-S and TT)

[ see Regulation 6.2]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 110 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(d) Earthed Electrode pit and standard labels

[ see Clauses 5.5.11, 6.4.3 and 6.5.6]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 111 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(e) Main Earth Terminal (MET) at Main Distribution Board (MDB)

[ see Regulation 6.2 and 6.3]

Note 1: illustration shows a Distribution Company Earthed System with a Locally Earthed
System (TN-S and TT).
Note 2: for sizing of Earth Conductors refer to Appendix A5(j) (S for cables up to 16mm2,
16mm2 for cables up to 35mm2 and 2S above this).

Note 3: this arrangement shows single core cables for SMDBs, other arrangement may be used
(e.g. cables with SWA with separate Earth Conductor).

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 112 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(f) Main Earth Conductor (MEC) and Circuit Earth Conductor (CEC)

Note 1: common terminology (outside these Regulations) includes CPC (Circuit Protective
Conductor) and ECC (Earth Continuity Conductor) in place of CEC illustrated above.
[see Regulation 6.2]
Note 2: for sizing of Earth Conductors refer to Appendix A5(j) (S for cables up to 16mm2,
16mm2 for cables up to 35mm2 and 2S above this).

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 113 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(g) Components of Earth Fault Loop Impedance

[ see Regulation 6.7]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 114 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(h) Earth Fault Loop Impedance values required for MCBs (at 230V)

MCB MCB MCB

Device rating (A)
type B type C type D

3 14.57 - -

6 7.28 3.64 1.82

10 4.37 2.19 1.09

16 2.73 1.37 0.68

20 2.19 1.09 0.55

25 1.75 0.87 0.44

32 1.37 0.68 0.34

40 1.09 0.55 0.27

50 0.87 0.44 0.22

63 0.69 0.35 0.17

[from table 41.3 of BS 7671]

Note 1: the above values are given for conductor temperatures of 70˚C. As measurements are
normally taken at room temperature the measured values must be approximately 20% less than
tabulated above.
Note 2: the above values are used as an alternative to calculating the disconnection time for
each specific situation, i.e. MCBs will operate in the instantaneous mode if the Earth Fault Loop
Impedance value is kept below the above, levels. For impedance values higher than shown above, it
is still possible to comply with the requirement of 0.4s disconnection for all Circuits in an Electrical
Installation if a check is made against the manufacturer’s time- current performance chart.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 115 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(i) Resistance per metre of copper conductors

Conductor cross-sectional area (mm²) Resistance per metre (milli- ohms)

1.0 18.1

1.5 12.1

2.5 7.41

4.0 4.61

6.0 3.08

10.0 1.83

16.0 1.15

25.0 0.73

[above values at 20°C ]

Note: to allow for the increase in resistance with increased temperature under fault conditions
these values must be multiplied by 1.2 for PVC insulated cables.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 116 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(j) Sizing of Earth Conductors and Equipotential Bonding Conductors

Cross sectional area Minimum cross- sectional area Minimum cross- sectional
of phase and neutral of Earth conductors area of equipotential
conductors (S) (mm2) [see note 1] (mm2) bonding conductors (mm2)

S S/2
(not less than 1.5 see note (not less than 4 or 6,
S ≤ 16
2) see note 3)

16 < S ≤ 35 16 10

S/2 S/4
S > 35
(but not exceeding 25)

[from table 54.7 of BS 7671]

Note 1: for Main Earth Conductors between Earth Electrodes and the Main Earth Terminal of an
Electrical Installation, S should be taken as the cross- sectional area of the conductors of the
incoming supply cable. For Circuit Earth Conductors S should be taken as the cross-sectional area
of the Circuit phase conductors.
Note 2: Earth Conductors must always be insulated and a cross-sectional area of less than 1.5mm2
must not be used unless they are an integral part of a sheathed cable (e.g. an Appliance flexible
cord).
Note 3: Main Equipotential Bonding Conductors should be sized according to the live conductors
of the incoming supply, but should not be less than 6mm2. Supplementary Bonding Conductors
should be sized according to the live conductors of the circuit to which they are connected but
should not be less than 4mm2.
Note 4: as an alternative to using the above selection table, the sizing of Earth Conductors and
Equipotential Bonding Conductors may be calculated using the adiabatic equation provided in
the IET Wiring Regulations BS 7671:2018 paragraph 543.1.3. This normally allows smaller sizes of
Earth Conductor to be used.
For example: 4mm2 earth for 6mm2 circuit conductor
2.5mm2 earth for 4mm2 circuit conductor
1.5mm2 earth for 2.5mm2 circuit conductor

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 117 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(k) Minimum number of Earth Electrodes

The number of Earth Electrodes required at a Premises will be determined primarily by the value
of Earth Resistance that can be achieved from each. However, the minimum number in any case
shall be as shown below:

Main incoming circuit- breaker Minimum number of Minimum size of main Earth
rating (Amps) Earth Electrodes Conductor (mm2)

60/100 1 16

200 1 50

300 1 50

400 1 70

500 2 70

600 2 70

800 2 70

1000 2 70

1600 2 70

2000 2 150

2500 2 150

Note 1: standard Earth Electrode diameters are 9mm, 12.5mm or 15mm for copper-clad steel, or
16mm for stainless steel. Standard lengths are 1.2m or 1.5m (see also BS 7430).
Note 2: structural foundations of large buildings may be used as Earth Electrodes, see Clause
6.4.8 and 6.8.4.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 118 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(l) Mandatory connections to Earth Conductors

The following items must be connected to the Circuit Earth Conductor, which should be provided
separately for each Final Circuit, insulated with green/yellow PVC sheath, be of the appropriate
size (Appendix A5(j)) and be installed in the same conduits or routes as the phase and neutral
conductors.

Items where connections must be made to the Circuit Earth Conductor

Distribution Boards: Exposed-Conductive-Parts (frame, door etc.)

Metal conduits, trunking, Cable Trays and at start and end of runs, at pulling points
ladders: intersections and inspection boxes

Switchgear: Exposed-Conductive-Parts (frame, door etc.)

Luminaires: Exposed-Conductive-Parts

Exposed-Conductive-Parts (mounting boxes,

Switches:
cover plates)

Exposed-Conductive-Parts (mounting boxes,

Socket-outlets:
cover plates)

Fixed appliances and machinery: Exposed-Conductive-Parts (metal casing etc.)

Note 1: the Earthing of cover plates should not rely solely on the connection of fixing screws to an
Earthed mounting box (due to the possibility of poor connections, corrosion etc.); a short flexible
Earth Conductor should be connected between the mounting box and the plate. See Guidance
Note G7(d).
Note 2: the Circuit Earth Conductor should be terminated in the connection box for a Luminaire
even if it is plastic (to provide for future use and protection of the Circuit itself). See Guidance note
G7(d).

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 119 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(m) Residual Operating current settings for RCDs and ELP devices

Maximum Residual operating

Equipment
current settings (mA)

13 A switched-socket outlets 30

Water heaters 30

Kitchen fixed Appliances (e.g. washing machine) 30

Domestic water pumps 30

Swimming pool pumps, or jacuzzi 30

Underwater lighting SELV only

General fixed lighting (except in bathrooms

100
and swimming pools)

Floodlighting 100 - 300

Window or split type air-conditioning 100

Air handling, a/c fan coils etc 100

Central or package a/c units 100 - 300

Irrigation pump 100

Electric Cooker 30

Industrial machines etc 100 - 300

Elevators, escalators, lifts 300 - 500

Neon signs 300

School areas (e.g. laboratory for children) 10

LV main circuit breakers or switchboards
See Note 4
(Electricity Intake)

Note 1: where two values are indicated, the higher value is allowed only where the equipment is
not normally accessible to any person.
Note 2: all Final Circuits in a bathroom (including lighting, but excluding FCUs in a ceiling void)
must be provided with 30mA RCD protection. See Clause 9.3.2(a).

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 120 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A5.(m) Continued…

Note 3: where a Circuit supplies more than one type of equipment, the lower value must be
used for RCD protection (e.g. a Circuit supplying bedroom lighting and bathroom lighting must be
protected by a 30mA RCD).
Note 4: the selection of ELP devices at main switchboards must take into account the requirement
for discrimination with downstream Protective Devices (Clause 5.4.5 and 5.4.6). For small supplies
(200A or less), a 300mA RCD device may be used, with time delay of 200ms. For larger supplies
(above 200A), Earth Leakage Protection relays may be used in conjunction with MCCBs or ACBs
incorporating a trip unit (e.g. 1A, 3A, 5A with a suitable time delay to ensure proper discrimination
with downstream Protective Devices). Irrespective of the Earth Leakage Protection provided at the
main switchboard, the incomer MCCB or ACB shall have short-circuit protection to ensure tripping
within 400ms taking into account the Earth Fault Loop Impedance.
The table opposite shows the required residual operating current values for RCDs and other Earth
Leakage Protection devices. These are intended to provide supplementary protection of electric
shock as well as protection against high resistance earth faults which may not operate overcurrent
devices and pose a risk of overheating or fire, see Regulation 5.4.
All Final Circuits where Appliances may be used by any person must be provided with Earth
Leakage Protection. Earth Leakage Protection must also be provided at the main Electricity Intake
and subsequent Distribution Boards where necessary, see Regulation 5.4.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 121 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A6.(a) Time-current characteristic of MCBs as multiple of rated current

[ see notes to A6(f)]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 122 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A6.(b) Time-current characteristic of Type B MCBs

Time / current characteristics for

TypeB circuit-breakers to BS EN
60898 and RCBOs to BS EN 61009

C Current for time 0.1 sec to 5 secs

Rating Current
6A 30A
10A 50A
16A 80A
20A 100A
25A 125
32A 160A
40A 200A
50A 250A
63A 315A
80A 400A
100A 500A
125A 625A

For prospective fault currents in excess of those

providing instantaneous operation refer to the
,
manufacturer s let-through energy data.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 123 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A6.(c) Time-current characteristic of Type C MCBs

Time / current characteristics for

TypeC circuit-breakers to BS EN
60898 and RCBOs to BS EN 61009

C Current for time 0.1 sec to 5 secs

Rating Current
6A 60A
10A 100A
16A 160A
20A 200A
25A 250A
32A 320A
40A 400A
50A 500A
63A 630A
80A 800A
100A 1000A
125A 1250A

For prospective fault currents in excess of those

providing instantaneous operation refer to the
,
manufacturer s let-through energy data.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 124 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A6.(d) Time current characteristic of Type D MCBs

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 125 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A6.(e) Typical energy let-through characteristics of MCBs

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 126 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A6.(f) MCBs selection criteria

Operating characteristics of MCB types and the required Earth Fault Loop Impedance values are
given in Appendix A6(a) to A6(d) and Appendix A5(h). MCBs for common cable sizes and Circuits
are shown in the following table:

MCB Cable rating Cable rating

Cable size
nominal at 30˚C, PVC at 40˚C, PVC Typical Circuit application
mm2
rating Amps Amps, (kW) Amps, (kW)

17.5 15.2
6 1.5 Lighting (light load)
(3.4) (3.0)

24.0 20.9
10 2.5 Lighting (heavy load)
(4.7) (4.1)

24.0 20.9
16 2.5 Radial Circuit to socket- outlets
(4.7) (4.1)

32.0 27.8
20 4.0 Radial Circuit to fixed appliance
(6.3) (5.4)

48 41.7
32 2x4.0 Ring Circuit to socket-outlets
(9.3) (8.1)

41.0 35.7 Radial Circuit to large Appliance

32 6.0
(8.0) (7.0) (e.g. cooker)

57.0 49.6 Radial Circuit to machinery (e.g.

40 10.0
(11.1) (9.7) chiller unit)

Note 1: cable ratings are taken from Appendix A7(a), assuming one circuit in conduit, with
temperature correction factors applied from Appendix A7(g). Power factor of 0.85 is assumed to
calculate kW ratings at 230V.
Note 2: selection of MCBs for overload protection of cables must take account of the device
characteristics given in Appendix A6(b) to A6(d). These are based on minimum MCB operating
currents of 1.45 times the MCB nominal rating (In) and a maximum ‘non-tripping’ current of 1.15
times In. Hence, cables must be selected with ratings at least 1.15 times the MCB nominal rating
(see IEE Guidance Note 6 - section 2).
The classification of Types B, C or D is based on the fault current rating at which magnetic operation
occurs and their ability to handle surge currents without tripping. See Appendix A6(a).
• Type B devices are designed to trip at fault currents of 3-5 times rated current (In). For
example, a 10A device will trip at 30-50A
• Type C devices are designed to trip at 5-10 times In
• Type D devices are designed to trip at 10-20 times In

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 127 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A6.(f) Continued…

Type B devices are generally suitable for domestic applications. Type C devices are the normal
choice for commercial and industrial applications where large groups of fluorescent lighting,
motors, etc. are used.
Type D devices have more limited applications, where high inrush currents may be expected. For
example, large battery systems, motors, transformers, etc.
Sometimes failure of tungsten filament lamps can trip Type B circuit- breakers in domestic and
retail environments. This is caused by high arcing currents occurring at the time of failure and is
generally associated with inferior quality lamps. A Type C device may be substituted for a Type B
device where unwanted tripping persists, especially in commercial applications. A change from
Type C to Type D devices should only be taken after careful consideration of the installation
conditions, in particular the operating times required by Regulation 5.5.
(Referenced from www.voltimum.co.uk)

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 128 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A6.(g) Internal construction of MCB

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 129 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A7.(a) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC single core cables (non- armoured)

Standard cable ratings and Voltage drop for single core, PVC (70˚C thermoplastic), non-armoured,
stranded copper conductor (BS 6004), with or without sheath, installed in buried or surface conduit
or trunking.

In conduit in thermal In conduit on wall or in

Voltage drop (mV/A/m)
insulation (A) concrete (A)
Cross
sectional
2 cables 3 or 4 2 cables 3 or 4 2 cables 3 or 4
area (mm²)
single phase cables three single phase cables three single phase cables three
AC or DC phase AC AC or DC phase AC AC or DC phase AC

1.0 11 10.5 13.5 12 44 38

1.5 14.5 13.5 17.5 15.5 29 25

2.5 20 18 24 21 18 15

4.0 26 24 32 28 11 9.5

6.0 34 31 41 36 7.3 6.4

10 46 42 57 50 4.4 3.8

16 61 56 76 68 2.8 2.4

25 80 73 101 89 - -

35 99 89 125 110 - -

50 119 108 151 134 - -

70 151 136 192 171 - -

At 30℃ ambient temperature [see Appendix A7(g) for grouping factors]

Note 1: data from table 4D1A and 4D1B of BS 7671.
Note 2: for Voltage drop for cables above 25mm2 refer to BS 7671.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 130 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A7.(b) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC multi-core cables (non- armoured)

Standard cable ratings and Voltage drop for PVC (70˚C thermoplastic) multi-core cables (sheathed),
non-armoured, stranded copper conductor (BS 6004), installed in buried or surface mounted conduit
or trunking, or on exposed, perforated cable tray.

In conduit on wall or in Clipped direct to a wall On perforated Cable Tray

concrete (A) (A) or in free air (A)
Cross
sectional 3 or 4
2 core single 3 or 4 2 core 3 or 4 2 core single
area (mm²) cables
phase AC or cables three single phase cables three phase
three
DC phase AC AC or DC phase AC AC or DC
phase AC

1.0 11 10 13 11.5 15 13.5

1.5 14 13 16.5 15 19.5 17.5

2.5 18.5 17.5 23 20 27 24

4 25 23 30 27 36 32

6 32 29 38 34 46 41

10 43 39 52 46 63 57

16 57 52 69 62 85 76

25 75 68 90 80 112 96

35 92 83 111 99 138 119

50 110 99 133 118 168 144

70 139 125 168 149 213 184

95 167 150 201 179 258 223

120 192 172 232 206 299 259

150 219 196 258 225 344 299

At 30˚C ambient temperature [see Apenddix A7(g) for grouping factors]

Note 1: data taken from table 4D2A and 4D2B of BS 7671.
Note 2: 2-core refers to single-phase Circuits; 3 or 4-core refers to three-phase Circuits

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 131 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A7.(b) Continued…

Standard cable ratings and Voltage drop for PVC (70˚C thermoplastic) multi-core cables (sheathed),
non-armoured, stranded copper conductor (BS 6004), installed in buried or surface mounted
conduit or trunking, or on exposed, perforated cable tray.

Cable size (mm²)

Voltage drop (mV/A/m) 1.0 1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16

2 core single phase AC or DC 44 29 18 11 7.3 4.4 2.8

3 or 4 core three phase AC 38 25 15 9.5 6.4 3.8 2.4

Note: for Voltage drop for cables above 16mm² refer to BS 7671.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 132 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A7.(c) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC multi-core cables (armoured)
Standard cable ratings and Voltage drop for PVC (70˚C thermoplastic) multi-core cables (sheathed),
non-armoured, stranded copper conductor (BS 6004), installed in buried or surface mounted
conduit or trunking, or on exposed, perforated cable tray.

On perforated Cable
Clipped direct to a wall (A) Voltage drop (mV/A/m)
Tray (A)
Cross
sectional
2 core single 3 or 4 core 2 core 3 or 4 core 2 core single 3 or 4 core
area (mm²)
phase AC or three phase single phase three phase phase AC or three phase
DC AC AC or DC AC DC AC

1.5 21 18 22 19 29 25

2.5 28 25 31 26 18 15

4 38 33 41 35 11 9.5

6 49 42 53 45 7.3 6.4

10 67 58 72 62 4.4 3.8

16 89 77 97 83 2.8 2.4

25 118 102 128 110 - -

35 145 125 157 135 - -

50 175 151 190 163 - -

70 222 192 241 207 - -

95 269 231 291 251 - -

120 310 267 336 290 - -

150 356 306 386 332 - -

185 405 348 439 378 - -

240 476 409 516 445 - -

300 547 469 592 510 - -

At 30˚C ambient temperature [see Appendix A7(g) for grouping factors]

Note 1: data taken from table 4D4A and 4D4B of BS 7671.
Note 2: 2 core refers to single-phase Circuits; 3 or 4 core refers to three-phase Circuits.
Note 3: for Voltage drop for cables above 16mm² refer to BS 7671.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 133 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A7.(d) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for thermo-setting (XLPE) multi-core cables (armoured)
Standard cable ratings and Voltage drop for PVC (70˚C thermoplastic) multi-core cables (sheathed),
non-armoured, stranded copper conductor (BS 6004), installed in buried or surface mounted
conduit or trunking, or on exposed, perforated cable tray.

On perforated Cable
Clipped direct to a wall (A) Voltage drop (mV/A/m)
Tray (A)
Cross
sectional
2 core single 3 or 4 core 2 core 3 or 4 core 2 core single 3 or 4 core
area (mm²)
phase AC or three phase single phase three phase phase AC or three phase
DC AC AC or DC AC DC AC

1.5 27 23 29 25 31 27

2.5 36 31 39 33 19 16

4 49 42 52 44 12 10

6 62 53 66 56 7.9 6.8

10 85 73 90 78 4.7 4.0

16 110 94 115 99 2.9 2.5

25 146 124 152 131 - -

35 180 154 188 162 - -

50 219 187 228 197 - -

70 279 238 291 251 - -

95 338 289 354 304 - -

120 392 335 410 353 - -

150 451 386 472 406 - -

185 515 441 539 463 - -

240 607 520 636 546 - -

300 698 599 732 628 - -

At 30˚C ambient temperature [see Appendix A7(g) for grouping factors]

Note 1: from table 4E4A and 4E4B of BS 7671 [2 core refers to single-phase Circuits, 3 or 4 core
refers to three-phase Circuits].
Note 2: for Voltage drop for cables above 16mm² refer to BS 7671 table 4E4B.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 134 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A7.(e) Circuit rating for MICC cable

Standard cable ratings and Voltage drop for mineral insulated copper- clad cables installed on a
wall (clipped direct). PVC sheathed cable assumes 70˚C sheath temperature, bare copper-clad
cable assumes 105˚C sheath temperature.

Bare sheath Bare sheath

PVC sheath
105˚C 2 x 105˚C 3 x
(70˚C) 2 x
Cross- PVC sheath single or 1 two single or 1
single or twin
sectional area (70˚C) 3 core core cable, three core,
core cable AC
single phase or four core
or DC
AC or DC cable

(mm²) (A) (A) (A) (A)

1.0 18.5 15 22 19

Light duty 1.5 23 19 28 24

500 V 2.5 31 26 38 33

4 40 35 51 44

1 19.5 16 24 20

1.5 25 21 31 26

2.5 34 28 42 35

4 45 37 55 47
Heavy 6 57 48 70 59
duty
750 V 10 77 65 96 81

16 102 86 127 107

25 133 112 166 140

35 163 137 203 171

50 202 169 251 212

At 30˚C ambient temperature [see Apenddix A7(g) for grouping factors]

Note 1: for MICC cable installed in perforated Cable Tray, the current rating is approximately 5-10%
greater than shown above, see BS 7671 table 4G1A and 4G2A.
Note 2: where the sheath temperature may be above 70˚C, care should be taken that the cable is
not within reach of any person or in contact with combustible materials

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 135 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A7.(f) Circuit Rating and Voltage drop for flexible cords

Standard current ratings and Voltage drop for flexible cords, 60˚C conductor temperature (PVC
or rubber insulated), stranded copper conductors to BS 50525 (domestic applications).

Mass
Cross Voltage drop Voltage drop supportable
Single phase Three phase
sectional area (single phase) (three phase) by twin
flexible cord

(mm²) (A) (A) (mV/A/m) (mV/A/m) (kg)

0.5 3 3 93 80 2

0.75 6 6 62 54 3

1.0 10 10 46 40 5

1.25 13 - 37 - 5

1.5 16 16 32 27 5

2.5 25 20 19 16 5

4.0 32 25 12 10 5

At 30˚C ambient temperature [from table 4F3A and 4F3B of BS 7671:2018]

For ambient temperatures above 30˚C, the following correction factors may be applied for flexible cords:

Ambient temperature (°C) 35 40 45 50 55

Correction factor 0.91 0.82 0.71 0.58 0.41

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 136 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A7.(g) Rating factors with respect to ambient (air) temperature

Ambient temperature correction factors (relative to 30°C) for cable ratings shown in Appendices
A7 (a) to A7 (e).

Type of cable insulation

70°C PVC 90°C Rubber mineral mineral insulated

Ambient thermo- or XLPE insulated (70°C (105°C
temperature (°C) plastic thermosetting sheath) sheath)

25 1.03 1.02 1.07 1.04

30 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

35 0.94 0.96 0.93 0.96

40 0.87 0.91 0.85 0.92

45 0.79 0.87 0.78 0.88

50 0.71 0.82 0.67 0.84

55 0.61 0.76 0.57 0.80

60 0.50 0.71 0.45 0.75

[from table 4B1 of BS7671:2018]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 137 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A7.(h) Rating factors with respect to grouping of cables

Because of mutual heating effects, the following correction factors should be applied to the tables
in Appendix A7(a) to A7(e) for situations where a number of cables are installed close together.
These factors assume all cables are fully loaded; however, if an individual cable is loaded below
30% of its rating it may be excluded from the total number in the group.

Method of installation

Enclosed in
conduit
Single layer, Single layer multi- Single layer multi-
(surface or
Number of clipped to a non- core on a core on cable
buried) or
cables metallic surface perforated Cable ladder system or
bunched on a
(wall or floor) Tray cleats
non- metallic
surface

2 0.80 0.85 0.88 0.87

3 0.70 0.79 0.82 0.82
4 0.65 0.75 0.77 0.80
5 0.60 0.73 0.75 0.80
6 0.57 0.72 0.73 0.79
7 0.54 0.72 0.73 0.79
8 0.52 0.71 0.72 0.78
9 0.50 0.70 0.72 0.78
12 0.45 0.70 0.72 0.78
16 0.41 0.70 0.72 0.78
20 0.38 0.70 0.72 0.78
[taken from table 4C1 of BS of BS 7671:2018]
Note 1: these factors are applicable to uniform groups of cable, equally loaded.
Note 2: where horizontal clearances between adjacent cables exceed twice their overall diameter,
no rating factor need to be applied

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 138 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A8. Colour identification for cables

Conductor Colour

Non-flexible fixed wiring and all three-phase cables:

Phase 1 Red

Phase 2 Yellow

Phase 3 Blue

Neutral Black

Earth Conductors Green / yellow

Functional Earth Cream

Solar PV system DC cables Black

Flexible cables for single-phase Appliances:

Phase 1 Brown

Neutral Blue

Earth Conductors Green / yellow

Functional Earth Cream

Note 1: the harmonised cable colours now implemented in Europe (BS EN 60445 effective from
December 2017) of Brown, Black and Grey for phase 1, phase 2, and phase 3 respectively have not
been adopted for the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 139 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A9. Capacity of conduits, trunking and Cable Trays

Diameter of Conduit (mm)

20 25 32
Conductor ( mm2 )
Maximum number of conductors

1.5 7 12 -
2.5 5 9 12
4.0 3 6 9
6.0 - 5 8
10.0 - 3 6
16.0 - - 4
25.0 - - 3

Note 1: for Cable Trunking, the space factor (total cross-sectional area of cables compared with
the interior cross-sectional area of trunking) must not exceed 50%. Trunking is sized by multiplying
the number of cables by the cable factor for each cable, applying the space factor to determine
the capacity required. The appropriate trunking is then selected from the capacity chart published
by the manufacturers.

Note 2: for Cable Trays, the sum of the combined diameter of all cables installed on the tray shall
not exceed 60% of the internal Cable Tray width. Where cables are spaced on the Cable Tray, this
can be used as part of the space factor.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 140 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A10. IP coding for ingress protection

Ingress protection: IP codes

First digit: protection against ingress Second digit: protection against

by solid objects ingress of water

X Not tested or not applicable X Not tested or not applicable

0 No protection 0 No protection
1 Human hand or objects > 50mm
2 Human finger or objects > 12mm 2 Sprays of water < 15˚ from vertical
3 Objects > 2.5mm (e.g. tools or wires) 3 Sprays of water < 60˚ from vertical
4 Splashes of water (from any
4 Objects > 1.0mm (e.g. small wires)
direction)
5 Limited protection against dust
5 Low pressure jets of water (from
(to the extent that does not harm the
any direction)
equipment or impair safety)
6 Strong jets of water (from any
6 Totally protected against dust
direction)
7 Temporary immersion
8 Total immersion

The IP coding system is specified in BS EN 60529: 1992 (adopted from IEC 529:1989). The first
digit specifies protection against ingress of foreign objects of varying size, ranging from human
hands or fingers to fine dust particles. The second digit specifies protection against ingress of
water, ranging from free falling water, to immersion in water.
BS EN 60529 does not specify protection against the risk of explosion, humidity or corrosive
gases. If enclosures of equipment are drilled or knockouts removed, suitable measures should be
taken to restore the equipment to the original IP rating.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 141 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A11. Standard wiring diagram symbols

Note: additional wiring symbols may be taken from IEC 60617- Graphical symbols for diagrams

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 142 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A11. Continued

Note: additional wiring symbols may be taken from IEC 60617- Graphical symbols for diagrams

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 143 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A12.(a) Labelling of Electrical Installation

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 144 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A12.(b) Minimum sizes of LV switchrooms

Minimum size of LV switchrooms

Main circuit breaker rating (A) Intake room dimensions (m)

1600 - 2500 3.5 x 3.5

1000 - 1200 3.0 x 3.0
600 - 800 2.5 x 2.5
400 - 500 2.5 x 2.0
200 - 300 2.0 x 2.0

Note: the above rooms sizes are given for guidance and other requirements for access and safety
should be taken into account (see Regulation 3.5, 4.2 and Appendix A12(d))

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 145 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A12.(c) Typical layout of Final Distribution Boards (FDB) and RCD label

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 146 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A12.(c) Continued…

Note: RCBOs Functional Earthing arrangements are not shown for clarity.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 147 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A12.(d) Typical layout of LV switchroom

Note: LV switchroom to be sized to accommodate the number of panels required (including

spare positions) with minimum access clearances shown above. Headroom clearance should be
sufficient to allow safe access for operation, maintenance and repairs in compliance with Clause
3.5.9.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 148 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A13. Boundary of Connection Point and scope of the Regulations

[ see Regulation 4.3 and Clause 1.4.2]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 149 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A14. Typical layout for small power and lighting circuits

Note 1: heat resistant flexible cords to be sized to match the rating of the Circuit.
Note 2: for cookers with higher power ratings, sizing of the Circuit to be increased accordingly.
Note 3: for connection to fixed Appliances, either fused connection unit or socket-outlet may
be provided.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 150 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A14. Continued…

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 151 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A15. Minimum number of socket-outlets and connection points

Minimum number of outlets for

Room
domestic premises

Kitchen:

Minimum 2 double, plus every 2m of

13A switched socket-outlets (worktops)
worktop
Minimum 1 single, plus as required for
13A switched socket-outlets (Appliances)
free standing Appliances (e.g. fridge)
Minimum 1, plus as required for
Connection points
number of items installed (flex outlets
(for washing machine, dryer etc.)
or socket- outlets)
Cooker control unit
1 (see note 5)
(if fitted with an integral socket- outlet)
Bedrooms 3 double

Lounge or dining 4 double

Hall or corridor 1 double

only BS EN 61558-2-5 shaver socket (if

Bathrooms
required)

Note 1: in general, double socket-outlets should be used in preference to single socket-outlets

wherever possible.
Note 2: socket-outlets should be conveniently located to avoid the need for extension cables and
adapters (which introduce risk of overheating and fire).
Note 3: 15A BS 546 socket-outlets are not permitted in domestic premises (see Clause 7.1.1).
Note 4: the maximum number of socket-outlets on a Circuit is not limited and is dependent on
the load supplied, the wire size and floor area served (see Appendix A6(f) and Guidance note G2).
Note 5: for Electrical Installation with a potential use of gas cookers, a provision for socket- outlet
should be provided alongside the cooker outlet for the purpose of electronic ignition.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 152 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A16. Mounting height for Accessories and socket-outlets

Note: mounting height may be varied for special circumstances such as access for disabled
persons or children, etc.

[ see Clauses 7.1.7, 7.1.9 and 7.2.5]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 153 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A17.(a) Approved and prohibited plugs and socket-outlets (domestic)

Approved BS 1363 plug and socket (13A fused)

Approved BS 1363 plug and socket (13A fused)

Prohibited C E7/7 ‘shuko’ plug and socket

Type CEE7/16 ‘europlug’ permitted only with a correct adapter

[ see Regulation 7.1]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 154 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A17.(b) Industrial plugs and socket-outlets

[ see Clause 7.1.6]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 155 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A17.(c) Shaver socket-outlets for bathrooms

[ see Regulation 9.3 and Clause 7.1.4]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 156 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A18.(a) Class I Equipment (Earthed Conductive Parts)

[ see Clause 6.6.3]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 157 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A18.(b) Class II Equipment (double insulated)

[ see Clause 6.6.3]

Note: conductive parts of Class II Appliances are sufficiently remote from live conductors so as
not to require a connection to Earth

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 158 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A18.(c) Separated Extra-Low Voltage (SELV) supply

[ see Clauses 5.3.1, 5.7.4, 7.3.13 and 9.1.1]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 159 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A18.(d) Protective Extra-Low Voltage (PELV) supply

[ see Clauses 9.2.1]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 160 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A18.(e) Reduced Low Voltage (RLV) supply

[ see Clauses 5.3.1 and 9.6.3]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 161 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A19.(a) Measurement of Earth Electrode resistance

These Regulations describe three methods to measure the resistance of an Earth Electrode.
Method 1 uses a dedicated Earth Electrode tester, method 2 uses a dedicated stakeless Earth
Electrode tester, and method 3 uses Earth Fault Loop Impedance measurement.
For complete testing methodology of the measurement of Earth Electrode resistance refer to the
respective Guidance notes of BS 7671:2018.
Method 1: measurement using dedicated Earth Electrode tester

i) a proprietary Earth Electrode test device should be used.

ii) auxiliary Earth spikes should be applied at least 15m apart and 15m distant from the Earth
Electrode under test.
iii) an Earth resistance value of less than 10 ohms is required for a Locally Earthed System [ see
Regulation 6.2].
iv) an additional number of Earth Electrodes may be required (or deeper electrodes) to achieve the
required Earth resistance value.
v) due consideration should be given to future changes in soil condition (e.g. drying out).
vi) sufficient time should be allowed if special chemicals or salts are added to the ground to
improve the Earth resistance values.
Note: where possible and practical, method 1 should be used to measure the resistance of an
Earth Electrode

Earth Pit Earth Test Spike

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 162 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A19.(a) Continued…

Method 2: measurement using dedicated stakeless Earth Electrode tester

i) This method uses an Earth clamp-based tester without the need to disconnect the Earthing
Conductor.
ii) This method is used when there are a number of Earth Electrodes and it is not possible to use
Method 1.
iii) The larger the number of Earth Electrodes, the closer the measurement would be to the
electrode under test as the measurement is the Earth Electrode under test in series with all other
Earth paths in parallel.
iv) It is important to highlight that for this method to be effective, there must be a loop resistance
to measure and the Earth mass must be part of the measurement.

Method 3: measurement using an Earth Fault Loop Impedance tester

Refer to Appendix A19(b) and A19(c).

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 163 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A19.(b) Measurement of Distribution Company supply impedance (Ze)

Note 1: caution: this test is carried out under live conditions but with the main isolator secured in
the off position.
Note 2: Ze may be measured directly at the Electricity Intake with a specialist Earth Loop
Impedance tester. Such devices apply a resistance (typically 10 ohms) between a phase conductor
and the earth conductor of the incoming supply. The test draws a current of around 20A but is
only applied for a few cycles (e.g. 40ms). The device measures the drawn current and divides this
into the measured supply voltage to give the loop impedance (the test resistance applied by the
device is subtracted).
Note 3: as an alternative Ze may be calculated from measurement of the total Earth Fault Loop
Impedance measured within the Electrical Installation (see A19(c)) using the formula:

Zs=Ze + ZR1+R2
Where:
Zs = total earth Fault Loop Impedance
Ze = Distribution Company supply impedance
ZR1+R2 = impedance of the longest circuit in the Installation, taken by measuring a circuit phase
conductor impedance R1, and the same circuit’s Earthing Conductor impedance R2.
Note 4: For further advice see reference book “Advanced Testing Technique”.
Test should be repeated for the Earth Electrode.
Note 5: Test should be repeated for the Earth Electrode.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 164 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A19.(c) Measurement of total Earth Fault Loop Impedance (Zs)

Note 1: caution: this test is carried out under live conditions with the circuits under test energised
but no load is connected.
Note 2: a specialist instrument is used which measures the total Earth Loop Impedance Zs using
a similar principle as described in A19(b). The instrument must not operate any RCD in circuit.
Note 3: the instrument may be directly connected to a socket-outlet (using the test plug provided)
and should be used at the farthest point on a radial circuit or the midpoint of a ring circuit.
Alternatively, the instrument may be used at an Accessory connection point (e.g. lighting ceiling
rose) with the appropriate test probes.
Note 4: for further advice, see reference book “Testing Electrical Installations”.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 165 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A19.(d) Circuit continuity, (R1+R2) and (R1+Rn) tests

Radial Circuits and lighting Circuits:

1. This method tests the combined phase and Earth resistance (R1+R2) and phase and
neutral resistance (R1+Rn) for each Circuit by applying short leads (not at the same time)
at the Distribution Board, and measuring from the terminals of the farthest connection
point or socket-outlet.
2. The polarity can be checked at each Accessory (i.e. only one of the live / neutral terminals
should show continuity to Earth, and there should be no continuity between live and
neutral).
3. If an Accessory has been wired incorrectly from another phase or neutral conductor, the
test will not work (e.g. crossed Circuits or “borrowed neutral”).
4. For lighting Circuits, the light switches should be ON to test the wire through the switch.
5. For metal conduit Circuits the CEC at the conduit/ back-box should be disconnected in
order to accurately measure R1+R2.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 166 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A19.(d) Continued…

Ring Circuits
1. For Ring Circuits, the test consists of two stages:
(a) the measurement of end to end resistance of each conductor.
(b) the measurements of R1+R2, R1+Rn and checking there are no ‘bridges’ in the ring.
2. For part 1(a), measurement of the phase and neutral loops should give equal values. The
Earth loop may be of slightly higher resistance if it is wired with a smaller conductor.
3. For part 1(b), measurement at any point on the ring between phase and neutral gives ½
the value measured in part 1(a).
4. To measure R1+Rn for a Ring Circuit, the two phase and neutral conductors from the
ring are cross connected. The measurement at any point on the ring between phase
and neutral should give ½ the value measured in part 1(a). If equal resistances are not
observed around the ring, then this indicates the presence of a bridge or wrong cross-
connections at the FDB end of the Circuit.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 167 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A19.(d) Continued…

5. To measure R1+R2 for a Ring Circuit the two phase and Earth conductors from the ring
are cross connected. The readings at each point in the ring may vary slightly for a very
long circuit (since the CEC is a smaller cross-section).
6. The highest value obtained represents the maximum R1+R2 value for the Circuit, and
should be recorded on the test form

Note 1: these tests are carried out on dead Circuits. The main isolator must be secured in the off
position.
Note 2: for new Electrical Installations, these tests should be carried out when Accessories are in
position but prior to energising the Electrical Installation.
Note 3: Circuit continuity tests must be measured for all Circuits and the resistance values
recorded on the test report, see Appendix A20(d).

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 168 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A19.(e) Lamp holder Circuit polarity tests

Note 1: this test is carried out on dead Circuits. The main isolator must be secured in the OFF
position.
Note 2: the polarity test is required to confirm that all single pole devices, and lamp holders with
an outer neutral contact (i.e. ES screw type) are correctly connected.
Note 3: single pole devices ( e.g. light switches ) must only be connected in the live conductor.
Note 4: the test is carried out by measuring continuity between the Earth terminal and live
terminal at an Accessory such as an ES pendant light fitting, after a shorting cable has been
applied between the relevant phase conductor and Earth bar at the Final Distribution Board.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 169 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A19.(f) Segregation and insulation resistance tests

Minimum insulation resistance

Circuit Nominal Voltage Test Voltage (DC)
(MΩ)

SELV and PELV 250 0.25

up to 500 V 500 0.5

1. Insulation resistance should be checked between all live conductors, and between live
conductors and Earth. For SELV and PELV systems, insulation resistance should be
measured between the Extra-Low Voltage and higher Voltage conductors at a DC test
Voltage of 500V.

2. The test instrument should be capable of producing a DC test Voltage of 500V when
loaded to 1mA and be capable of measurement of up to 200 MΩ.

3. The minimum acceptable value of insulation resistance for any test is 0.5 MΩ for LV
systems and 0.25 MΩ for SELV and PELV systems.

4. The supply should be disconnected and all current-using equipment switched off
(including neon indicator lamps, Luminaires, voltmeters, electronic devices such as
dimmer switches, starters, RCDs with amplifiers etc.). Alternatively, a limited test can be
carried with the phase and neutral conductors connected together and testing to Earth.

5. The method of testing requires the connection of all three phases and neutral bar to Earth
using temporary Earth wires.

6. The test measures the insulation resistance of each conductor wire with all other
conductors connected to Earth. The test is done with all phase wires, all neutral wires and
all Earth wires and the values recorded in installation testing report, refer to Appendix
A20(d).

7. This test method checks the segregation of the conductor from all other wires. Care is to
be taken when testing the insulation resistance of the Earth connections to ensure that
there is no continuity between the equipment and containment systems.

8. Insulation measurements should be made at each Distribution Board

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 170 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A19.(f) Continued…

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 171 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A19.(g) Sequence of testing for new Electrical Installations

Correct sequence for safe testing

Before supply is connected:

1. Continuity of Earth Conductors (Main Earth Conductors and Circuit Earth Conductors)
2. Continuity of main and supplementary bonding conductors
3. Continuity of Ring Circuit conductors
4. Polarity tests of all Circuits
5. Segregation and insulation resistance measurements of all conductors
6. Earth Electrode resistance

After supply is connected:

1. Distribution Company Earth Fault Loop Impedance measurement

2. Re-confirm polarity
3. Total Earth Fault Loop Impedance measurements
4. Prospective fault current measurements
5. Operation of RCD and Earth fault devices
6. Operation of switches and isolators

Note 1: safety precautions must be observed during testing, including locking off isolators and
switches, safeguarding against contact with test voltages, replacement of test links and removal of
tools after completion. The order of test sequence must be observed, in particular testing of Earth
Conductors (dangerous test voltages can appear on the installation metalwork if Earth Conductors
are inadvertently disconnected or broken).
Note 2: testing of RCDs must include measure ment of the operating time (ms) at In and at 5 x In,
as well as check of non-operation at 50% x In at both 0º and 180º.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 172 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A20.(a) Electrical Installation Certificate

Project / Building Name: ................................................................................ Certificate No. / Ref:

Address / Location: ....................................................................................... …………………...............

Details of Client / Customer: Electricity account no.

/ contact details: ……………………………………………………………………………...

New or modified installation: New: o Modification: o Existing: o

Brief description of work carried out: ……………………………………………………………….................................……………………
…………………………………………………………........……………. Previous Certificate number: .................................

Supply Characteristics:
Earthing System: (TT, TN-S, TN-S and TT); .........………… Earth Electrode (s )Resistance: ............………
Incoming Cable Size & Type: .........………… Earth Electrode(s) Location: ............………
Main CB type & rating: .........………… Main Earth Conductor Size: ............………
Protective System (ELPS, EEBS); .........………… Earth Fault Loop Impedance: ............………
Max Prospective Fault Current: .........………… Total Connected Load: .........… Meter ref. no’s and
type: ..............................................................................................…………
Total Diversified Load: ...................... Total Floor area: ......................

Special Circuits:
Details (e.g. special circuits without RCD protection, functional earthing arrangements): …………….........……
………………………………………………....……………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
................................……………………………………..................................................................................................

Details of D e s i g n e r : ……………………………………………………………………………...............................................
Contact Details: ................................................................................................................ We hereby declare that
the work completed by us in relation to the above named electrical installation, and detailed in the reference
drawings and documents listed below, has been carried out with due skill and care, and in accordance with the
Electricity Wiring Regulations published by the Department of Energy for the Water, Wastewater and Electricity
Sector in Abu Dhabi:
Authorised signatory & name: ……………………………..….....…… Date: …………………….....................
………………………..……….....……
Reference drawings and schedules: ……………………...…….. Company Stamp ………..……….. Registered Engineer
Certificate No...................................................
Certificate Expiry Date: .....................................................................

Details of Installer: ...............…………………………… License Number: ………………….....................

Contact Details: ……………………………………………………………………..…………………..................
We hereby declare that the work completed by us in relation to the above named electrical installation, and
detailed in the reference drawings and documents listed below, has been carried out with due skill and care,
and in accordance with the Electricity Wiring Regulations published by the Department of Energy for the Water,
Wastewater and Electricity Sector in Abu Dhabi:
Authorised signature & name: ………………….……………………… Date: ……………….…............................
…………………………………………………………………………………....….....
Reference drawings and schedules: .....………………………..……… Company Stamp Registered Engineer
Certificate No. .....................................................................................
Certificate Expiry Date: ........................................................................

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 173 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A20.(b) Inspection report (front)

Project / Building Name: ................................................................................ Report No

Address / Location: ....................................................................................... …………………...............

Details of Client / Customer:

Electricity account no. / contact details: ……………………………………………………………………………...

New or modified installation: New: o Modification: o Existing: o

Reason for Inspection (first inspection, routine inspection, other): ...................................................................

............................................................................................... Installation Certificate number: …………..

Supply Characteristics:
Earthing System: (TT, TN-S, TN-S and TT); .........………… Earth Electrode (s )Resistance: ............………
Incoming Cable Size & Type: .........………… Earth Electrode(s) Location: ............………
Main CB type & rating: .........………… Main Earth Conductor Size: ............………
Protective System (ELPS, EEBS); .........………… Earth Fault Loop Impedance: ............………
Max Prospective Fault Current: .........………… Total Connected Load: .........… Meter ref. no’s and
type: ..............................................................................................…………
Total Diversified Load: ...................... Total Floor area: ......................

General Details of Inspection & Testing:

Date of last inspection & test: .......................................................................................................
Any modifications noted: No o Yes o Details: ........................................................................
Estimated age of installation & estimated age of modifications: Date of next planned inspection:
.......................................................................................................
Any dangerous conditions or urgent work required (give details over leaf): No o Yes o
Any work or improvements recommended (give details over leaf): No o Yes o
Extent of inspection: All: o Part: o Areas not tested / inspected:...........................................................

Inspection carried out by: .…………………………………………………………………………................

Contact Details: …………………………………………………………………………….............
We hereby declare that the inspection and testing completed by us in relation to the above named installation,
and detailed over leaf, has been carried out with due skill and care, and in accordance with the Electricity Wiring
Regulations published by the Department of Energy for the Water, Wastewater and Electricity
Sector in Abu Dhabi:

Authorised signature & name:……………………………..…..…… Date:……………………....................

Company Stamp: ..................................... Registered Engineer Certificate No: …....….........................….
Certificate Expiry Date: .............................................. Company Stamp: ..................................................

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 174 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 175 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A20.(d) Electrical Installation testing report

Project / Building Name:............................. Document No. / Ref:............................................... RCD tester (serial no.)
Address / Location: ..................................... Tested by: .................................................. Loop impedance tester ( serial no.)
Distribution Board No. / Ref: ....................... ................................................................................. Continuity tester ( serial no.)
Fed from: ..................................................... Date: ......................................................................... Insulation tester ( serial no.)

Total Earth Loop Impedance (z )

Short Circuit current PSCC (kA)

Insulation RCD
Continuity Test (ohms)
Resistance (MΩ) Test

Polarity (see note 2)

Phase & Neutral Size mm2
Busbar section/ RCD

Circuit Description

L N E 1 x In (ms)
Earth size mm2
MCB rating (A)

see see see 5 x In (ms)

CCTref. No.

Ring
note note note 1/2 x In Remarks / Faults (SELV
R1 + R2 (Ohms)

R1 + Rn (Ohms)

1 1 1 (trip / no circuits, etc.)

trip)
Rn (Neutral)

R2 (Earth)
R1 (Line)

R1

Y1

B1

R2

Y2

B2

R3

Y3

B3

R4

Y4

B4

Note 1: insulation resistance measured for each conductor with all other phase, neutral and Earth
Conductors connected to Earth.
Note 2: for polarity test, check all 3 combinations on N-E, N-Ph, Ph-E, and record number of
points/accessories checked.
Note 3: main and supplementary bonding conductors to be tested for continuity and results to be
recorded.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 176 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A20.(e) Load distribution schedules

Project/Building: ...................................................... Main Contractor Final Distribution Board

Address/Location: ................................................... Electrical Contractor: ......................................................... Date: Distribution Board No./Ref:
..................................... Incoming Cable size / type: .....................................................................
Fed from: ................................................................. Cable rating A (kW) [see notes] Main breaker type & rating: ............................................ Document No. ....................................

Circuit name / Point reference

Cable wNo. of points Circuit Load in
Busbar section/ RCD

Size (double / single) (kW)

Diversity Factor
MCB rating (A)

Diversity Type
Connecte
CCTref. No.

Cable Type
Cable Type
d Load
Remarks
Neutral Size mm2

per point
Earth size mm2

Number

Number

Number
[see
Phase &

Type

Type R Y B

R1
Section 1 ..................................

Y1

B1

R2

Y2

B2

R3

Y3

B3

R4
Section 2 ...................................

Y4

B4

R5

Y5

B5

R6

Y6

B6
W M A Total
Gross Area = ........................... P L H O O
Diversified
W T Connected TCL=............... kW
....... sq m Load Types
R G
Loads (kW)
Floor Area Diversified Load DB
=............W/sq m Load

W/sq
m

Note 1: cable ratings taken at ...... ºC and power factor, installed as single Circuits in conduit.
Note 2: cable rating must be above Circuit Connected Load and at least 1.15 times MCB nominal rating.
Note 3: where RCBOs are used, the busbar section in the above is replaced with the mA rating.
Note 4: Diversified Load types can be categorised as power, lighting, water heating, motor loads, a/c etc.
Note 5: Circuit types can be categorised as radial, ring, lighting.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 177 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A20.(e) Continued…

Project / Building Name: ......................................................... Main Contractor Sub Main Distribution Board

Address / Location:......................................................... Electrical Contractor:......................................................... Date: ..................................................

Distribution Board No. / Ref:................................................... Incoming Cable size / Type:.....................................................

Fed From:................................................................................ Main Breaker Type & Rating:.................................................... Document No. ......................................
Cable Type

Rating
Cable Type/ Size Connected Load Total Diversified Load Total
(Amps)

Diversity Factor
Diversity Type
Single
Three Remarks
Phase
No. of Cables

No. of Cores

Earth mm2
Size mm2

R-Ph (kW)

R-Ph (kW)
B-Ph (kW)

B-Ph (kW)
Y-Ph (kW)

Y-Ph (kW)
RCD mA

MCCB

(kW)

(kW)
Outgoing Ways

8
Total Connected Phase Total Diversified
Loads Phase Loads
Gross Area ........................................ sqm Diversified Load Types PWR LTG WH MO A AC Total Connected Load KW

Floor Area Diversified Load..........W/sq m SMDB Load Load after Diversity KW

W/sq m Overall Diversity %

Note: SMDB outgoing ways must be sized in accordance with the Connected Load and SMDB
incomer will typically be sized in accordance with the diversified load.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 178 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A20.(e) Continued…

Project / Building Name:......................................................... Main Contractor ................................................... Main Distribution Board

Address / Location:................................................................. Electrical Contractor:................................................................

Date: ............................................................

Distribution Board No. / Ref:................................................... Incoming Cable size / Type:.....................................................

Fed From:................................................................................ Main Breaker Type & Rating:.................................................... Document No. .................................
Cable Type

Rating
Cable Type/ Size Connected Load Total Diversified Load Total
(Amps)

Diversity Factor
Diversity Type
Single
Three Remarks
Phase
No. of Cables

No. of Cores

Earth mm2
Size mm2

R-Ph (kW)

R-Ph (kW)
B-Ph (kW)

B-Ph (kW)
Y-Ph (kW)

Y-Ph (kW)
RCD mA

MCCB

(kW)

(kW)
Outgoing Ways

8
Total Connected Phase Total Diversified
Loads Phase Loads
Gross Area ........................................ sqm Diversified Load Types PWR LTG WH MO A AC Total Connected Load KW

Floor Area Diversified Load..........W/sq m SMDB Load Load after Diversity KW

W/sq m Overall Diversity %

Note: MDB outgoing ways and incomer will typically be sized in accordance with the
diversified load.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 179 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A20.(f) Solar PV test report

Solar PV Test Report o Initial Verification

o Periodic Verification
Electrical Installation address Reference
Date
Description of work under test Inspector
Test Instruments
String 1 2 3 4 n
Module
Array
Quantity
Array parameters (as Voc (stc)
specified) Isc (stc)
Type
String Rating (A)
over-current protective device
DC Rating (V)
Capacity (kA)
Type
Wiring Phase (mm²)
Earth (mm²)
Voc (V)
String test Isc (A)
Irradiance
Polarity check
Test Voltage (V)
Array insulation resistance Pos Earth (MΩ)
Neg Earth (MΩ)
Earth Continuity (where fitted)
Switchgear functioning correctly
Inverter make/ model
Inverter serial number
Inverter functions correctly
Loss of mains test
Details of D esigner : ……………………………………………………………………………...................
Contact Details: ……………………………………………………………………………...................
We hereby declare that the work completed by us in relation to the above named electrical installation, and detailed in the reference
drawings and documents listed below, has been carried out with due skill and care, and in accordance with the Electricity Wiring Regulations
published by the Department of Energy for the Water, Wastewater and Electricity Sector in Abu Dhabi :
Authorised signatory & name: ……………………………..….....…… Date: ………………................................
Reference drawings and schedules: ……………………...……....... Company Stamp: ....................................
Registered Engineer Certificate No........................................................................................................................
Certificate Expiry Date: ...............................................................................................................

Details of Installer: ...............…………………………...................... License Number: ..................................

Contact Details: ……………………………………………………………………..………………………………
We hereby declare that the work completed by us in relation to the above named electrical installation, and detailed in the reference
drawings and documents listed below, has been carried out with due skill and care, and in accordance with the Electricity Wiring Regulations
published by the Department of Energy for the Water, Wastewater and Electricity Sector in Abu Dhabi:
Authorised signature & name: ………………………………………… Date: ………….….............................
Reference drawings and schedules: .....………………………..……. Company Stamp: ...............................
Registered Engineer Certificate No..............................................
Certificate Expiry Date: ........................................................................

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 180 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A20.(g) Solar PV system inspection report

Solar PV Test Report o Initial Verification

o Periodic Verification
Installation address Reference
Date
Circuits inspected Inspector
Test Instruments
Equipment/Circuits Inspected R satisfactory T not satisfactory (give details /comments)
o not applicable U urgent work require

General o O

a.c part of the Electrical Installation is tested in

o O
accordance with Regulations 8.1

PV Distribution Boards room condition o O

PV Distribution Boards condition o O

Proper ventilation behind PV Array o O

Cable entry weatherproof o O

Array frame suitably supported and secured; roof

o O
fixings weatherproof

PV Array design and installation o O

All DC components are rated for continuous

operation at DC and at the maximum possible DC o O
system voltage and maximum possible DC current
Protection by use of class II insulation adopted on
o O
the DC side
PV String cables and PV DC main cables are black
o O
in colour and Double Insulated
Wiring systems have been selected and erected to
withstand the expected external influences such o O
as wind, temperature and solar radiation
String cables are sized to accommodate the
o O
maximum fault current
Wiring systems are adequately supported and
o O
protected
If applicable, String over-current Protective
o O
Devices are fitted and correctly specified
Verify that a DC switch disconnector is provided
o O
on the DC side of the Inverter
If applicable, where blocking diodes are fitted, the
reverse voltage rating is at least 2 × Voc stc of the o O
PV String in which they are fitted

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 181 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A20.(g) Continued…

Rsatisfactory Tnot satisfactory (give details /comments)

Equipment/Circuits Inspected
o not applicable U urgent work require
Protection against overvoltage / electric shock
To minimise voltages induced by lightning, verify that the
o O
area of all wiring loops has been kept as small as possible
Module frame protective Earthing Conductors have been
o O
correctly installed and are connected to Earth
If applicable, check that a type B RCD is installed o O
Means of isolating the Inverter have been provided on the AC side o O
PV Array design and installation o O
All Circuits, Protective Devices, switches and terminals are
o O
suitably labelled
All DC junction boxes (PV generator and PV Array boxes)
carry a warning label indicating that active parts inside the o O
boxes are fed from a
PV Array and may still be live after isolation from the PV
o O
Inverter and public grid supply
The main AC and DC isolating switches are clearly labelled o O
Dual supply warning labels are fitted at point of interconnection o O
A single line wiring diagram is displayed on site o O
Emergency shutdown procedures are displayed on site o O
All signs and labels are suitably affixed and durable o O

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 182 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A21. General Marinas connection arrangements

Connection to mains supply (single phase and three phase)

Note 1: protection can be provided by a combination of suitably rated MCBs and suitably rated RCDs.
Note 2: Earth Leakage Protection shall be effective for leakage currents of no greater than 30mA,
refer to Clause 9.9.16.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 183 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

A22. General solar PV connection arrangements

DC side AC side

PV Inverter PV SMDB
PV DC main cable (+)
PV supply cable
PV DC main cable (-) DC/AC

Isolation Isolation
device device
(9.10.20) (9.10.21)

DC/AC

Isolation Isolation
device device

DC/AC

Solar PV String Isolation Isolation

connected in series device device
PV switch
disconnector refer to
clause 9.10.22

Solar PV String
connected in series

To Main Distribution Board

Solar PV String
connected in series

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 184 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

18. Guidance Notes

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 185 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

18. Guidance Notes

G1. Guidance note on supply Voltage change
G2. Estimation of Connected Load and diversity factors
G3 Photographs
(a) Photograph of busbar riser
(b) Photograph of Final Distribution Board (horizontal DIN rail)
(c) Photograph of Final Distribution Board (vertical, split busbar type)
G4. Electric shock, ELP and EEB systems
(a) Direct Contact with electricity
(b) Indirect Contact with electricity
(c) Main and Supplementary Earthed Equipotential Bonding (EEB)
(d) Illustration of Earth Leakage Protected System (ELPS)
(e) Grading of RCDs in an ELP system
(f) ELP system supplied from LV switchroom
(g) Calculation of Touch Voltage (ELP system)
(h) Calculation of Touch Voltage (EEB system)
G5. Electric shock and RCD characteristics
(a) RCD operating characteristics and electric shock
(b) Typical values of body resistance and physiological effects
(c) RCD operating principle
(d) Types of RCDs
(e) Sources of tripping of RCDs
G6. Protection of buried cables
G7. Common errors
(a) Exposed unsheathed cables at termination points
(b) Protection of high temperature connections
(c) Weather protected outdoor socket-outlets
(d) Earth tails in Accessories and connection boxes
(e) Minimum depth of buried plastic conduit

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 186 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

(f) Circuit identification numbers on Accessories and Earth Conductors

(g) Missing grommets and sharp edges on Cable Tray
(h) Cables in ceiling-voids
(i) Cable glands for Earthing of armoured cable
(j) Earth continuity connections across Cable Tray and conduit
(k) Prohibited terminal blocks and taped connections
(l) Slotting of steel gland plates for single core cables
(m) Flex-outlets
G8. Typical lighting Circuit installations
G9. Isolation and switching
G10. Typical lightning protection system details
(a) Typical lightning protection system details
(b) Lightning Earth Electrodes
G11. Changes in this Edition (April 2020)

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 187 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G1. Guidance note on supply Voltage change

Distribution Companies in the UAE have traditionally based the design of their
networks on the UK power system. Previously, the Voltage of supply was declared
to be 240V single-phase or 415V three phase, with an allowed variation in Voltage
of +/- 6%. With the harmonization of supply Voltages in Europe (in line with BS EN
50160) the supply Voltage is 230 / 400V +/- 10%. In the UK, the variation is currently
limited to +10% -6%.

These Regulations have adopted the same nominal Voltage of supply with a variation
of +10% - 6% (Clause 4.1.3). This range has been adopted to allow existing distribution
network assets to continue to operate without modification, and also provides a
superior Voltage range to Customers. With an allowed Voltage drop of 4% within an
Owner’s Electrical Installation (Clause 7.5.10) this ensures the total Voltage drop to
Appliances will not exceed 10% of the nominal Voltage of 230/400V.

Old UK supply Voltage range

previously used in Abu Dhabi

BS EN 50160 supply Voltage

Range of supply Voltage adopted

in these regulations

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 188 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G2. Estimation of Connected Load and diversity factors

Load Diversity
Where a Circuit consists of multiple points of utilisation (e.g. socket-outlets), the Circuit
load current can be assessed by simply adding the individual full load current of all points
of utilisation. While, this would provide a conservative design, it will lead to over sizing the
Circuit because in reality the sum of individual loads rarely equal to the actual load current
required by the Circuit. This is known as load diversity.
For example, the load seen at the Sub Main Distribution Board that is feeding multiple
apartments in a residential building will rarely see all apartments at full load at the same
time. Therefore, allowances for diversity between loads must be taken into consideration in
sizing Final Circuits and other distribution Circuits. Moreover, certain Appliances such as a
washing machine have a number of components that may be independently controlled and
vary over time. Therefore, over the duration of the wash cycle, the total demand will not
always be maintained at the full load rating, as various components switch in and out.
The allowances for diversity in an Electrical Installation varies depending on many factors,
these factors may include:
(a) type and nature of the Electrical Installation (residential, commercial, industrial,
etc);
(b) intended use of utilisation points (e.g. general use socket- outlets for the connection
of portable Appliances compared to dedicated socket-outlets for a fixed connection)
(c) number of utilisation points in a Circuit (e.g. a SMBD feed two FDBs compared to
10 FDBs); and
(d) operating characteristics of the Connected Load (e.g. the use of a/c units in Abu
Dhabi is essential in the summer and in many cases it will be running most of the
time).
It is important to note that allowances for diversity in an Electrical Installation may vary
between similar installation. Therefore, the designer of the Electrical Installation may select
different allowances representing the intensity of usage (e.g. higher value for high usage
Circuits, such as communal kitchens, lower value for lower occupancy dwellings, etc).
This Guidance note provides diversity allowances for specific situations. The factors used
may be increased or decreased by the designer depending on the intended design of the
Electrical Installation. The designer must provide the relevant justification to the Distribution
Company.
Sizing of Final Circuits
As indicated in Clause 5.2.5 and Appendix A6(f), the relationship between the Circuit load
current (Ic), the Protective Device nominal current rating (In), and the current carrying
capacity of the Circuit conductors (Id) is as follows:
Ic ≤ In ≤ Id in addition;

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 189 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G2. Continued…
Id ≥ 1.15 x In (cables must be selected with ratings at least 1.15 times the Protective Device
nominal current rating).
For example, the Circuit full load current of a single phase 4 kW Appliance, can be calculated
using the following formula (power factor = 1 for resistive load):

Therefore, the Protective Device nominal current rating (In) must not be less than 20A
(nearest standard rating), and the current carrying capacity for the Circuit conductor (Id)
must be not less than 23A (20A x 1.15), assuming grouping and temperature rating factors
to be 1. The above calculation ensures that the Circuit is suitably rated for the Appliance to
draw 17.4A for a continuous period of time.
The relevant Protective Device nominal ratings, cable size and cable rating for typical Circuit
applications are provided in Appendix A6(f). For other non-typical Circuit applications, the
designer shall determine the appropriate Circuit rating based on the total Connected Load of
all Appliances and knowledge of the intended Circuit application.
Final Circuit estimated Connected Load for sizing Final Distribution Board
For sizing the Final Distribution Board, the Connected Load of a Final Circuit is estimated
by adding the load of all points of utilisation (e.g. socket-outlets) and items of Appliance
connected to the Circuit and where appropriate making allowances for diversity. The table
below gives the estimated Connected Load for typical Appliances that can be used for sizing
Final Distribution Boards. Specific site information should be used where available.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 190 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G2. Continued…

Connected Appliance per Final Circuit Assumed Connected Load

• sum of wattage of all Luminaires or assume 100W

for each lighting point (note 1)
• chandelier lighting point – 500W
Lighting
• lamp wattage plus losses of associated control
gear such as ballasts and capacitors for fluorescent
lighting (note 2)

13A socket-outlets
– (for general use for the connection • 200W each (note 3)
of portable Appliances)

Water heater • 1,500W or actual rating of Appliance

Washing machine, dryer, dishwasher • 1,500W each or actual rating of Appliance

Cooker • 3,000W plus the largest ring or actual rating

Fridge • 300W or full rating of Appliance

Motors (e.g. lifts) • actual rating

• split air-conditioning units – full rating

Air Conditioning • window air-conditioning units – full rating
• central a/c units – full rating

Note 1: where the Connected Load of a Luminaire is less than 100 W, then the design of the lamp
holder associated with that Luminaire must only permit the insertion of this type of lamp. The
Connected Load in this case should be the highest actual lamp wattage that can be accommodated
by such lamp holder or that the control gear can deliver.
Note 2: where no exact information is available, the lamp wattage must be multiplied by not less
than 1.8.
Note 3: if the Connected Load on socket-outlet Circuits are known then the designer may choose
to use specific values. For example, in an office building where the socket- outlet Circuits comprise
of business machines each rated at 150 W, then the demand of each socket-outlet point will be
counted as 150 W.
Note 4: standby loads should not be considered when sizing the Final Distribution Board. For
example, where three pumps are configured with two run and one standby, the standby pump
load should not be included in sizing of the Final Distribution Board. In such cases provision for
interlocks must be provided to prevent operation of all pumps simultaneously.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 191 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G2. Continued…
Diversity allowance between Final Circuits for sizing Sub Main Distribution Board
The diversity allowances shown in the table below are for specific situations and meant to only
provide guidance. The figures given in the table may need to be increased or decreased depending
on the particular circumstances. The table below is used as a guide for sizing of the Sub Main
Distribution Boards only.
The table below can be used as a guide for sizing the Sub Main Distribution Boards feeding multiple
Final Circuits downstream. For e.g., if a SMDB in a villa feeds one central water heater, then no
diversity allowance is allowed. However, if a SMDB in a high rise building feeds a number of flats
each with multiple water heaters then, 50% diversity allowance can be used.

Total sum of the estimat- Residential Shops, stores, offices, Hotels, motels,
ed Connected Loads on all ,premises schools, mosques, busi- accommodation
Final Circuits villas, flats ness premises houses

Lighting 75% 90% 90%

13A socket- outlets – (for

general use for the connec-
)tion of portable Appliances 50% 70% 50%

13A socket- outlets/flex

outlets 50% 50% 50%
)fixed Appliances( –

Water heater *50% *50% *50%

Washing machine, dryer, dish-

50% 50% 50%
washer

Cooker 50% 75% 80%

)Motors (e.g. lifts 50% 70% 70%

Air-Conditioning 90% 90% 90%

*if water heating is centralised, then no diversity allowance is allowed.

Note 5: a 90% diversity factor may be applied for split or window type air-conditioning units;
diversity factors for central a/c units should be based on manufacturers data or load data taken
from other similar installations (during summer temperature conditions).
Note 6: additional diversity factors of typically 0.9 may be applied at Sub Main Distribution Boards (in
consideration of the diversity between downstream Final Distribution Boards) and Main Distribution
Boards (in consideration of the diversity between downstream Sub Main Distribution Boards). Hence,
the expected demand at the Electricity Intake may be 0.81 times the sum of the FDB Diversified Loads.
Power demand
The calculated Diversified Load for Premises should be checked against electricity usage data for
similar Premises. The following table provides some guidance to the total demand for ighting and
small power (with air-conditioning) for various Premises types at MDB level. It is important to note
that the values below depends on a number of factors including weather,

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 192 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G2. Continued…
occupancy hours, use of smart technology, thermal performance and building management system.

Premise type Power demand

Range W/m² Average W/m²

Domestic 30-80 55

Offices 100-150 125

Hotels 75-100 88

Shops 40-100 70

Car Parks (open air) 0-10 5

Car Park (basement without a/c) 10-20 15

Note 7 : during summer, air-conditioning make up 70% to 80% of the total power demand.
Note 8: the above figures represent power demand values at building plot level.
Worked example
The worked example shows how diversity may be applied to a Low Voltage Electrical Installations
for a typical project. It is not intended that the figures provided are to be used on projects but are
guidance on where diversities can be applied within the installation. The sample is not intended
for use in sizing sub-mains or Final Circuits, their evaluation for Voltage drop and applied grouping
and rating factors.

The notional building comprises a 7 story apartment building (G+6) with a ground floor
common area, car park and landscape area externally. All apartments are the same size, 3
bedrooms and are located from first to sixth floor. Each apartment is provided with its own
dedicated Distribution Board supplied from a tenant Sub Main Distribution Board located
at each floor level. Centralised chillers are provided configured with 2 duty and 1 standby,
these are interlocked to prevent all 3 of them running simultaneously. A centralised plant
room provides:

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 193 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G2. Continued…
• Air handling facilities for fresh air and extract to the building configured in duty only.
• Pumped water facilities for domestic water configured in duty standby.
• Pumps associated with the chilled water systems configured in duty standby.
A sprinkler system is provided with a main electric pump and jockey pump to prime the system.
The back up is provided by a diesel fire pump.There are two lifts in the building to serve the
upper floors.
Differing types of loads allows the Watts per square metre to be checked at each stage of the
calculation. Spare allowances are not included within the elemental calculation of Watts per
square metre, only in the overall calculation. The range of diversity applied will be dependent
on the building type, its intended use, its location and the construction standards adopted
(for example the level of thermal insulation will impact on the energy usage within a building).
The arrangement of the Distribution Boards allows the designer to identify the diversity
type and factor as well as the Circuit type. Abreviations contained within the schedules are
detailed below:

Abbreviation System Comments

Power including fixed Appliances, socket outlets,

PWR
cookers and other dedicated equipment supplies.

LTG Lighting both internal and external

WH Water heating Applies to local and centralised systems.

Air-conditioning motors for air handling

Motors including lifts, sanitary pumps, water
MO units and chilled water systems are
pumps etc.
included within the A/C Section
Air-conditioning units including chillers, fan coils, Motors associated with ventilation and air-
A/C
air handling units and chilled water pumps conditioning are included in this section.
Sub-Main Distribution diversity applied across the The applied diversity applied to all of the
SM
equipment served. distribution on an elemental basis.
RAD Radial Circuit

RNG Ring Circuit

ELA Earth leakage alarm

RCD (S) Time delayed RCD

ELR Earth leakage relay

Loads that are standby such as sprinkler pumps which are not normally required except in an
emergency may be omitted from the diversified load calculation. For loads that are configured in
run/standby, the standby element of the distribution may be omitted from the diversified load.
Where the loads are connected in 2N format, for example data centres, only a single load may be
counted for the diversified loads. The area used in the calculation of the Watts per square meter
is the gross internal floor area.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 194 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G2. Continued…

Project/Building : Mr Mubarak Al Hosni Building Main Contractor : Sedmund Construction LLC

Address/Location : Sector ME 10 Plot C-96, Abu Dhabi Electrical Contractor : Al Rama EC
Distribution Board No/Ref : MDB-1 Electrical Intake Room Incoming Cable size / type : Cables by Distribution Company Date :16/02/2020
Fed From : Transformer 1 Main Breaker Type & Rating : 1000A ACB Document No : ARE-34-1

Rating (Amps) Cable Type / Size Connected Load Total Diversified Load Total

Diversity Type
Single/

Diversity
Factor
Three Cable
MCCB No. of Remarks
Phase RCD Type No. of Size ECC R-Ph Y-Ph B-Ph R-Ph Y-Ph B-Ph
/ Ca- (kW) (kW)
(mA) Cores mm² mm² (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW)
ACB bles

:Outgoing Ways

LSF/
1 Chiller 1 3 500(S) 200 1 3 95 1c 50 25.00 25.00 25.00 75.00 A/C 0.90 22.50 22.50 22.50 67.50 Run
SWA

LSF/
2 Chiller 2 3 500(S) 200 1 3 95 1c 50 25.00 25.00 25.00 75.00 A/C 0.90 22.50 22.50 22.50 67.50 Run
SWA

LSF/
3 Chiller 3 3 500(S) 200 1 3 95 1c 50 25.00 25.00 25.00 75.00 A/C 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Standby
SWA

LSF/
4 MCC-1 3 ELR 100 1 4 35 1c 16 13.39 13.39 13.39 40.18 SM 0.66 8.84 8.84 8.84 26.52
SWA

LSF/
5 SMDB 1F 3 ELR 200 1 4 70 1c 35 30.32 30.40 30.60 91.32 SM 0.85 25.78 25.84 26.01 77.63
SWA

LSF/
6 SMDB 2F 3 ELR 200 1 4 70 1c 35 30.40 30.60 30.32 91.32 SM 0.85 25.84 26.01 25.78 77.63
SWA

LSF/
7 SMDB 3F 3 ELR 200 1 4 70 1c 35 30.60 30.32 30.40 91.32 SM 0.85 26.01 25.78 25.84 77.63
SWA

LSF/
8 SMDB 4F 3 ELR 200 1 4 70 1c 35 30.32 30.40 30.60 91.32 SM 0.85 25.78 25.84 26.01 77.63
SWA

LSF/
9 SMDB 5F 3 ELR 200 1 4 70 1c 35 30.40 30.60 30.32 91.32 SM 0.85 25.84 26.01 25.78 77.63
SWA

LSF/
10 SMDB 6F 3 ELR 200 1 4 70 1c 35 30.60 30.32 30.40 91.32 SM 0.85 26.01 25.78 25.84 77.63
SWA

11 FDB-LL
Landlords LSF/
3 300(S) 80 1 4 25 1c 16 10.88 10.92 10.23 32.03 SM 0.90 9.79 9.83 9.21 28.83
Services GF SWA
electrical room

12 FDB-SL-EXT
External LSF/
3 300(S) 63 1 4 16 1c 16 6.85 6.86 6.51 20.23 SM 0.90 6.17 6.17 5.86 18.2
Lighting GF Elect. SWA
Room

LSF/
13 Jockey Pump 3 ELA 16 1 3 4 1c 4 1.50 1.50 1.50 4.50 MO 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 2.25
SWA

14 Sprinkler LSF/ Emergency

3 ELA 125 1 3 50 1c 25 20.00 20.00 20.00 60.00 MO 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Pump SWA Only

LSF/
15 Lift 1 3 300(S) 63 1 4 16 1c 16 8.00 8.00 8.00 24.00 MO 0.50 4.00 4.00 4.00 12.00
SWA

LSF/
16 Lift 2 3 300(S) 6 1 4 16 1c 16 8.00 8.00 8.00 24.00 MO 0.50 4.00 4.00 4.00 12.00
SWA

17 Power Factor
LSF/
Correction 3 300(S) 200 1 3 95 1c 50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
SWA
(100kVAr)

18 Secondary
Lightning
Surge Suppres- LSF
3 ELA 125 4 1 35 1c 35 Integral in MDB
sion Singles 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03
Device (Type 1,
2 & 3)

Total Diversified Phase

Total Connected Phase Loads 326.27 326.31 325.27 233.81 233.85 232.92
Loads

Gross Area 9000.00 sq m Diversified Load Types PWR LTG WH MO A/C Total Connected Load: 977.8kW

Floor Area Diversified Load 52.05 W/sq m MDB Load 149.16 49.11 26.03 29.69 214.45 Load After Diversity 700.61kW

W/sq m 16.57 5.46 2.89 3.30 23.83 Overall Diversity 72%

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 195 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G2. Continued…

Project/Building : Mr Mubarak Al Hosni Building Main Contractor : Sedmund Construction LLC

Address/Location : Sector ME 10 Plot C-96, Abu Dhabi Electrical Contractor : Al Rama EC
Distribution Board No/Ref : SMDB-1F First Floor Elect. Room Incoming Cable size / type : 4C 70mm2 XLPE/LSF/SWA with 35mm2 Supplemental Earth Date: 16/02/2020
Fed From : MDB-1 (Intake Room) Main Breaker Type & Rating : 125A MCCB Document No: ARE-34-2

Rating (Amps) Cable Type / Size Connected Load Total Diversified Load Total

Diversity Type

Diversity
Single/

Factor
Three Cable

Size mm²
Remarks
Cables
No. of

Phase Type No. of

Cores
RCD MCCB R-Ph Y-Ph B-Ph R-Ph Y-Ph B-Ph

mm²
ECC
(kW) (kW)
(mA) ACB (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW) (kW)

Outgoing Ways:

1 FDB-1A First Floor LSF/

3 300(s) 63 1 4 25 1c 16 7.58 7.60 7.65 22.83 SM 0.90 6.82 6.84 6.89 20.55
Apartment SWA

1 FDB-1B First Floor LSF/

3 300(s) 63 1 4 25 1c 16 7.58 7.60 7.65 22.83 SM 0.90 6.82 6.84 6.89 20.55
Apartment SWA

1 FDB-1C First Floor LSF/

3 300(s) 63 1 4 25 1c 16 7.58 7.60 7.65 22.83 SM 0.90 6.82 6.84 6.89 20.55
Apartment SWA

1 FDB-1D First Floor LSF/

3 300(s) 63 1 4 25 1c 16 7.58 7.60 7.65 22.83 SM 0.90 6.82 6.84 6.89 20.55
Apartment SWA

Total Diversified Phase

Total Connected Phase Loads 30.32 30.40 30.60 14.8 16.5 16.5
Loads

Total Connected
Gross Area 47.72 sq m Diversified Load Types PWR LTG WH MO A/C 91.32kW
Load:

Load After
Floor Area Diversified Load 43.38 W/sq m SMDB Load 27.29 5.94 4.32 0.45 9.72 82.19kW
Diversity

W/sq m 24.81 5.40 3.93 0.41 8.84 Overall Diversity 90%

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 196 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
 THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G2. Continued…

Project/Building : Mr Mubarak Al Hosni Building Main Contractor: Sedmund Construction LLC

Address/Location : Sector ME 10 Plot C-96, Abu Dhabi Electrical Contractor: Al Rama EC
Distribution Board No/Ref : FDB-1A First Floor Apartment Incoming Cable size / type: 4C 25mm2 XLPE/LSF/SWA with 16mm Supplemental Earth Date : 16/02/2020
Fed From : SMDB-1F Main Breaker Type & Rating : 63A isolator + 2 RCD’s (See below) Document No : ARE-34-3
Busbar Section/ RCD

Circuit Load in
CABLE SIZE No Of Points (Double Single)
(kW)

Diversity Factor
Diversity Type
CCT REF No.

MCB RTG (A)

Cable
Rating ACircuit Name / Connected Load per
Cir-
(kW) Point reference Point (kW) REMARKS
Cable cuit
Number

Number

Number
CCT ECC Number R Y B

Type

Type

Type
Type Type
WIRE WIRE
mm2 mm2

Single
R1 6 1.5 1.5 17.5 (3.4) Lighting Bedrooms 1, 2 3 9 A LTG 0.100 0.000 0.000 0.900 LTG 0.75
Core

Lighting (fluorescent) Single

Y1 6 1.5 1.5 17.5 (3.4)
- Kitchen
2 B 1 F 1 D LTG 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.200 LTG 0.75
Core

Lighting Lounge (Inc. Single

B1 6 1.5 1.5 17.5 (3.4)
Chandelier 500W)
4 A 1 C LTG 0.100 0.500 0.000 0.900 LTG 0.75
Core
Section 1 - 40A, 3ph, 100mA

Single
R2 6 1.5 1.5 17.5 (3.4) Smoke Alarms 4 SA RAD 0.020 0.000 0.000 0.080 PWR 1.00
Core

Single
Y2 16 2.5 2.5 24.0 (4.7) FCU-1, FCU-2, FCU-3 3 FCU RAD 0.200 0.000 0.000 0.600 A/C 0.90
Core

Single
B2 16 2.5 2.5 24.0 (4.7) FCU-4 1 FCU-4 RAD 1.200 0.000 0.000 1.200 A/C 0.90
Core

Single
R3 6 1.5 1.5 17.5 (3.4) Intruder Alarm Panel 1 IAP RAD 0.100 0.000 0.000 0.100 PWR 1.00
Core

Y3 20 4 4 32.0 (6.3) A/C Unit 1 A/C

Single RAD 1.200 0.000 0.000 1.200 A/C 0.90
Core

Single
B3 16 2.5 2.5 24.0 (4.7) Drainage Pump 1 ESP RAD 0.250 0.000 0.000 0.250 MO 0.50
Core
63A TP&N Isolator

Single
R4 32 6 6 41.0 (8.0) Cooker 1 COOK RAD 3.000 0.000 0.000 3.000 PWR 0.50
Core

Water Heaters: Bath- Single

Y4 20 4 4 32.0 (6.3)
room & Kitchen
1 WH-1 RAD 1.500 0.000 0.000 1.500 WH 0.50
Core

Lighting (fl) + shaver Single

B4 6 1.5 1.5 17.5 (3.4)
socket - bathrooms 1 & 2
4 E LTG 0.050 0.000 0.000 0.200 LTG 0.75
Core
Section 2 - 40A, 3ph, 30mA

Socket-Outlets-Kitchen Single
R5 32 2x4 2x4 51.2 (10.0)
Ring (Inc. fridge)
4 TSSO 2 SSO RNG 0.400 0.200 0.000 2.000 PWR 0.50
Core

Sockets-Outlets - Maids Single

Y5 20 4 4 32.0 (6.3)
room & Corridor
2 TSSO 1 SSO RAD 0.400 0.200 0.000 1.00 PWR 0.50
Core

Dishwasher Via Double

B5 20 4 4 32.0 (6.3) pole switch & Sock- 1 DW
Single RAD 1.500 0.000 0.000 1.500 PWR 0.50
et-Outlet Core

Washing Machine Via Single

R6 20 4 4 32.0 (6.3)
Double pole switch
1 WM RAD 1.500 0.000 0.000 1.50 PWR 0.50
Core

Y6 32 2x4 2x4 51.2 (10.0) & Socket-Outlet 5 TSSO 1 SSO

Single RNG 0.400 0.200 0.000 2.20 PWR 0.50
Core

B6 32 2x4 2 x4 51.2 (10.0)

Sockets-Outlets -Ring
9 TSSO Single RNG 0.400 0.000 0.000 3.60 PWR 0.50
Lounge/Hall Core

Diversi-
Gross Area 250.00 sq m fied Load PWR LTG WH MO AC Total Connected Loads 7.58 7.60 7.65 22.83kW
Types

Floor Area Diversified Load 53.02 W/sq m DB Load 7.58 1.65 1.20 0.13 2.70 Load After Diversity 4.11 4,.57 4.58 58% 13.26kW

W/sq m 30.32 6.60 4.80 0.50 10.80

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 197 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G3.(a) Photograph of busbar riser

Typical busbar riser system including plug-in circuit breaker

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 198 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G3.(b) Photograph of Final Distribution Board (horizontal DIN rail)

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 199 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G3.(c) Photograph of Final Distribution Board (vertical, split busbar type)

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 200 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G4.(a) Direct Contact with electricity

[see Regulation 5.3]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 201 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G4.(b) Indirect Contact with electricity

1. Contact between Exposed-Conductive-Part and Extraneous-Conductive-Part
2. Contact with Exposed-Conductive-Part
3. Contact with Extraneous-Conductive-Part

Note: illustration shows TN-S supply system i.e. Distribution Company Earthed with Earthed
Equipotential Bonding (EEB) of Extraneous metalwork. Live conductors are not shown for
clarity.

[ see Regulations 5.3 and 5.5 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 202 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G4.(c) Main and Supplementary Earthed Equipotential Bonding (EEB)

Note 1: live conductors are not shown for clarity.

Note 2: characteristics of MCBs for Final Distribution Boards must be coordinated against Earth
Fault Loop Impedance values to give a maximum of 0.4 Sec tripping for circuit A (socket-outlet
supplying portable appliances) and for circuit B (fixed appliances). Also, MCCBs must coordinate
to give a maximum of 0.4 Sec tripping time for distribution circuits. (see Clauses 5.5.2 and 5.5.3).
Note 3: clamps for Earthing and bonding shall be in accordance with BS 951. (see Clause 5.5.11).

[ see Regulation 5.5 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 203 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G4.(d) Illustration of Earth Leakage Protected System (ELPS)

Note: Main Distribution Board includes MCCB with Earth Leakage Protection.
Live conductors are not shown for clarity.

[ see Regulation 5.4 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 204 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G4.(e) Grading of RCDs in an ELP system

Note 1: type S RCDs provide time delayed operation in order to discriminate with RCDs at the
Final Distribution Board. Alternatively, for high current applications a MCCB with Earth Leakage
Protection may be used.
Note 2: a maximum of 30mA RCD protection is required for socket-outlets serving portable
Appliances; a maximum of 100mA RCD protection is required for fixed Appliances and Circuits.

[ see Regulation 5.4, clasuses 5.4.5 and 5.4.6 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 205 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G4.(f) ELP system supplied from LV switchroom

[ see Clauses 5.4.5 and 5.4.6 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 206 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G4.(g) Calculation of Touch Voltage (ELP system)

Note 1: Touch Voltage Vt is approximately equal to the fault Voltage Vf assuming that the
Extraneous-Conductive-Part is in good contact with Earth.
Note 2: Ze is the resistance of the Earth Electrode (TT system) or the incoming supply Earth Fault
Loop Impedance (TN-S) system.
Note 3: the illustration shows unbonded Extraneous-Conductive-Parts, such as in an Earth Leakage
Protected System (ELPS).

[ see Regulation 5.5 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 207 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G4.(h) Calculation of Touch Voltage (EEB system)

Notes:
Without supplementary EEB the Touch Voltage Vt is approximately equal to the Voltage drop across
the Circuit Earth Conductor resistance R2 .

To calculate Vt:

Where:

Example:
For an Appliance supplied by an MCB (type C) of nominal rating 16A, the maximum Earth
Fault Loop Impedance to give a 0.4 Sec disconnection time, given under Appendix A5(h) is
1.5 Ohms. R2 is measured as 0.9 Ohms.

Hence:

If the measured Earth Fault Loop Impedance is higher than 1.5 Ohms, the time-current
characteristic of the MCB will need to be checked to see if a disconnection time of 0.4
Sec can be achieved (the Touch Voltage will be higher), otherwise RCD protection will be
required. If supplementary bonding is applied then the Touch Voltage is dramatically reduced
(the Voltage drop equates to the current passing through the supplementary bonding times
the resistance of the supplementary bonding Rs ).

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 208 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G5.(a) RCD operating characteristics and electric shock

These Regulations include a compulsory requirement for provision of Earth Leakage

Protection (ELP) on all Final Circuits where Appliances may be used by any persons. This is
normally achieved with RCD devices complying with BS EN 61008 and BS IEC 1008 which
must operate within 200ms at their residual current rating (tripping current) and within
40ms at 5 times their residual current rating. RCDs must not operate at below 50% of their
residual current rating. RCD devices with a residual operating current of 30mA or less may
be used for supplementary protection against Direct Contact, whilst devices rated above
this value provide protection against Indirect Contact only (see Clause 5.3.2).
ELP devices do not protect against electric shock between phase conductors or between
phase and neutral nor do they provide any overload protection. The response of the human
body depends on the time and magnitude of current that may pass at the time of an electric
shock incident. The ‘low risk’ and ‘high risk’ range of current against time is illustrated
below, along with the operating times of typical RCD devices (from IEC 60479).

Response of human body vs. RCD charcateristics:

Zone 1: usually no reaction
Zone 2: shock sensation, but usually no harmful effects
Zone 3: likelihood of muscular contraction, and temporary cardiac arrest without ventricular
fibrillation
Zone 4: in addition to the effects of zone 3, the probability of ventricular fibrillation is
increased by 5% for curve C2 and 50% for curve C3; harmful effects such as cardiac arrest,
breathing arrest and burns are likely to occur

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 209 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G5.(b) Typical values of body resistance and physiological effects

)Human resistance for various skin contact conditions (k Ohms

Touch area Dry Wet

Finger touch 1,000 – 40 15 – 4

Hand hold on wire 50 – 15 6–3

Hand hold on pipe 3–1 1.5 – 0.5

Palm touch 8–3 2–1

Internal body resistance (including skin) = 0.2 – 1 k Ohms

Voltage required to produce the current

with assumed body resistance:
Electric current
Physiological effect
(1 second contact)
100 k Ohms (dry 1 k Ohms (wet
finger) hand)

Threshold of feeling, tingling

1mA 100V 1V
sensation

Accepted as maximum harm-

5mA 500V 5V
less current

Beginning of sustained mus-

10-20mA cular contraction (“Can’t let go” 1000V 10V
)current

Ventricular fibrillation, fatal if

continued. Respiratory function
100-300mA continues 10000V 100V

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 210 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G5.(c) RCD operating principles

RCD devices measure the vector sum of currents passing through the phase and neutral
conductors in a circuit, via a magnetic coil and electronic amplifier. The device will trip if
these are out of balance by more than the residual operating current, in accordance with the
manufacturer’s time-current performance curve. See Guidance Note G5(a).
older type of voltage-operated earth leakage devices (ELCB) are not permitted (Clause 5.4.2)
since they operate by detecting fault voltage and require a connection between a Main Earth
Conductor and an Earth Electrode; these devices are therefore vulnerable to maloperation
due to parallel earth paths.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 211 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G5.(d) Types of RCDs

Because of the use of semiconductor devices in an Electrical Installation there may be

situations when an earth fault current is not purely sinusoidal but contains a DC or ‘chopped’
waveform. This may de- sensitise or disable standard AC operated RCDs. Special devices are
available which are designed to continue to function for non-sinusoidal supply waveforms,
complying with IEC1008, IEC1009 (indicated by the symbols shown below).
For RCD devices installed at a Main Distribution Boards, time delayed operation is usually
required to avoid tripping when a fault occurs in a Final Circuit (the FDB RCD should trip
first). Time delayed RCD devices are labelled ‘S type’.
For type B RCDs, they are able to provide protection in case of alternating residual sinusoidal
currents up to 1000 Hz, pulsating direct residual currents and smooth direct residual
currents. Refer to BS EN 62423 for more details.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 212 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G5.(e) Sources of tripping of RCDs

Type of fault Reason

- Direct Contact by persons

- Indirect Contact (during earth fault)

- Incorrect discrimination with upstream and downstream devices (e.g. - between

MDB and FDB)

- Loose connections

- Crossed neutral connections on split busbar distribution board

Downstream of RCD - Neutral to earth fault

- High Earth Conductor currents (e.g. IT equipment, filters, etc)

- Moisture in Circuit conductors (especially joints in MICC cables)

- Moisture in Appliances (e.g. cooker heating element)

- Double pole switching (capacitive effects)

- Transient voltages caused by large inductive loads (e.g. industrial motors)

- Damaged Circuits (e.g. nails in walls)

Loose connections

Mains borne disturbances (e.g. surges, lightning, harmonics, transients from

Upstream of RCD
overhead lines)

Disturbing loads (e.g. machinery, lift motor, etc)

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 213 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G6. Protection of buried cables

[ see Clause 7.5.8 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 214 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G7.(a) Exposed unsheathed cables at termination points

[ see Clauses 7.4.8 and 7.5.12 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 215 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G7.(b) Protection of high temperature connections

Heat resistant sleeve required for

high temperature connections

[ see clause 7.5.17 ]

Fixed
Conduit

Clearance 50mm to
front cover of wall face
unless carried out in Wall Light Connection
galvanised conduit

50 mm -

Porcelain connector, in
conduit box to change
from fixed wiring to
flexible connection

High temperature cable

connection or high
temperature sleeving
to protect flexible cable
connections

Conduit box with

extension box to bring
containment flush with
wall construction

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 216 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G7.(c) Weather protected outdoor socket-outlets

[ see Clauses 7.1.14, 9.4.1(b), 9.5.1(b), 9.6.2(i) ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 217 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G7.(d) Earth tails in Accessories and connection boxes

[ see Clause 6.6.4 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 218 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G7.(e) Minimum depth of buried plastic conduit

Buried plastic conduits in walls or ceilings must be min 50mm depth or metal conduit must be used
(see Clause 7.4.6 )

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 219 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G7.(f) Circuit identification numbers on Accessories and Earth Conductors

Note: phase and neutral conductors should be in the same sequence.

[ see Clause 6.5.3 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 220 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

7.(g) Missing grommets and sharp edges on Cable Tray

[ see Clause 7.4.8 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 221 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G7.(h) Cables in ceiling-voids

[ see Clauses 7.3.8 and 7.5.15 ]

(flexible connections to be limited to 3m in length and securely fixed; ‘plug & fit’ connection
systems may be used after the main supply connection)

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 222 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G7.(i) Cable glands for Earthing of armoured cable

Earth conductor size

must be in accordance
with Appendix A5 (j)

[ see Clause 7.5.18 ]

Note: all glands should be mechanically and electrically sound, secured and tightened using the
appropriate tools.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 223 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G7.(j) Earth continuity connections across Cable Tray and conduit

[ see Clauses 6.6.1 and 7.4.4 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 224 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G7.(k) Prohibited terminal blocks and taped connections

[ see Clause 7.5.16 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 225 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G7.(l) Slotting of steel gland plates for single core cables

Note: single core cables in a steel enclosure will cause electromagnetic currents in the steel and
possible overheating. This can be avoided by ensuring that a non ferromagnetic material is used
around the cables (e.g. brass or aluminium plate) or slots are cut in the steel between the phase
conductors.

[ see Clause 7.5.11 ]

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 226 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G7.(m) Flex-outlets

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 227 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G8. Typical lighting Circuit Installation

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 228 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G8. Continued…

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 229 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G8. Continued…

Note 1: flexible conduits to be fitted with glands at both ends.

Note 2: connection box to be complete with conduit inlet and flexible cable clamp outlet.
Note 3: connection box to be suitably sized to allow removal through Luminaire aperture

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 230 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G9. Isolation and Switching

Note 1: all pumps in the set are to be provided with isolators.

Note 2: remote stop switches or isolator on the control panel does not provide sufficient means
of isolation to meet the requirements of the Regulations.
Note 3: remote stop push button must be located to be easily accessible but without possibility
of inadvertent operation.
Note 4: all cables and conduits must be adequately supported and fully terminated.
Note 5: all isolators must be lockable in the off position.
Note 6: all motors must be provided with suitably sized terminal block.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 231 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G10.(a) Typical lightning protection system details

1. Roof tape network 15. Earth Equipotential Bonding to building

steelwork
2. Earth Equipotential Bonding to roof
mounted electrical equipment 16. Earth Equipotential Bonding from LV
supply to equipotential bonding bar.
3. Earth Equipotential Bonding to aerial array
17. Incoming supply cable
4. Meshed type LPS
18. Surge protection device (SPD)
5. Catenary type LPS
19. MDB
6. Rod (Finial) type LPS
20. DB
7. Down conductor
21. UPS
8. Earth Equipotential Bonding bar for internal
LPS 22. ICT Equipment
9. Test point 23. Incoming communication and data cables
(copper)
10. Ring Earth Electrode below ground level
24. Satellite aerial cable
11. Earth Electrode
25. Satellite Decoder
12. Earth Equipotential Bonding ring (for
buildings above 30m, ring provided at 26. Electrical supply to roof mounted
20m intervals of height) equipment
13. Earth Equipotential Bonding to lift shaft 27. Sub-main cable
14. Earth Equipotential Bonding to façade steelwork

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 232 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G10.(a) Continued…
Note 1: a risk assessment evaluating the full requirements of lightning protection systems
(LPS) including the impact on electrical and electronic systems (e.g. surge protective devices)
is to be carried out by the designer of the Electrical Installation.
Note 2: LPS may be provided in three ways, meshed, catenary or rod type. Any or all of the
LPS systems shown above may be used depending on the configuration of the Premises.
Other methods may be proposed subject to the approval by the Distribution Company.
Note 3: down conductors are to be provided at a spacing interval to meet the lightning
protection risk assessment. Typically LPS I & II – 10m, LPS III – 15m and LPS IV – 20m as
detailed in BS EN 62305-3.
Note 4: the use of natural components (the building reinforcement bars or structural steel),
is not permitted unless approved by the Distribution Company. Down conductors are to be
provided with test links either internally or externally in accessible locations at low level.
Earth Electrodes should ideally be connected in a ring around the building at ground floor
level where practical.
Note 5: structural foundations or piles may be used as lightning Earth Electrodes and a
typical detailed arrangement is provided in G10(b). For Premises exceeding 30m in height,
secondary rings should be provided around the building at a spacing of 20m intervals. Earth
Equipotential Bonding is required for Extraneous-Conductive-Parts such as curtain wall
framing, lift shaft steelwork, drainage and gutters, parapet copings, exposed equipment,
handrails etc.
Note 6: surge protection devices (SPDs) are to be provided based on the risk assessment
evaluation, but as a minimum should be deployed at the Electricity Intake to the Premises.
Equipment that is prone to potential damage from lightning strikes should also be protected.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 233 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G10.(b) Lightning Earth Electrodes

1. Down conductor 8. Pile

2. Test clamp 9. Test clamp with recessed accessible cover
3. Twin tailed bonding conductors 10. Lightning protection Earth pit
4. Bolted Earth clamps 11. Earth Electrode
5. Welded connection to reinforcement bars 12. Lightning protection tape
6. Wall construction 13. Corrosion treated connection
7. Pile cap

Note 1: when using piles as the lightning protection Earth Electrodes, the planning is to be carried
out in conjunction with the design of the structure.
Note 2: structural engineer to confirm that piles can be used and that clamping or welding of rods
is acceptable. Note 3: where welding is used, minimum length of welds must be 50 mm.
Note 4: all LPS works associated with the use of piles is to be inspected prior to pouring of
concrete.
Note 5: protective cover for tape/cable through ground to Earth Electrode not shown but is to be provided.
Note 6: termination at Earth Electrode to be corrosion resistant or be treated for electrolytic action.
Note 7: where tape is run surface at low level, mechanical protection is to be provided. Where
protection is metallic this is to be bonded to the tape.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 234 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

G11. Changes in this Edition (April 2020)

The following is a summary of the key changes incorporated into the Electricity Wiring
Regulations (DoE Edition).
1. These Regulations are now issued by DoE in accordance with Law No 11 of 2018.
2. All references to ex RSB were changed to DoE as appropriate.
3. All reference tables in appendices have been updated to capture BS 7671 18th edition
as appropriate.
4. EVSE Addendum is now included in the (2020) DoE edition in Part 13.
5. Effective dates of some provisions were updated to capture changes as appropriate.
6. Amended Clause 1.4.5 (of Clause 1.3.5 in 3rd edition).
7. Amended relaxation Clause 1.4.8 (Clause 1.3.8 in 3rd edition) and associated note.
8. Added new Clause 1.4.11 and Clause 1.4.12.
9. Updated regulation 2.5 (Definitions) to include all definitions associated with EVSE
Addendum 1
10. The text of Clause 3.1.4 was amended per the suggestion of QCC, this will give Discos
some room to approve alternatives.
11. In Clause 3.2.4 added the term designer “the Owner, designer and associated
Licensed Contractor..”
12. The text of Clause 3.4.2 was amended, this will give Discos some room to improve
processes.
13. Clause 3.5.12 was amended to read “Inspection and testing of Electrical Installations
must be carried out by suitably qualified and competent persons with “
14. In Clause 4.2.5, replaced the word hindrance by obstructions.
15. In Clause 7.5.20 replaced the word Live by Phase.
16. Added note 2 to Clause 7.8.15 to allow for the usage of wall mounted MDB and SMDB
below 400A at residential villas.
17. Added note to Clause 7.8.17 to specify the Ingress Protection rating of the wall
mounted MDB or SMDB below 400A at residential villas to be minimum IP65 unless
otherwise specified by the distribution company.
18. Added note (b) with respect to the periodic inspection table of Clause 8.1.5.
19. Introduced new Regulation 9.7 “Roadway Lighting” instead of Street Lighting.
20. Added new Clause 9.7.1 pertaining to Roadway Lighting and amended number of
associated Clauses accordingly.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 235 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

21. In Clause 9.7.2 ( Clause 9.7.1 in EWR 3rd Edition) replaced the terms “the street light
column” by roadway lighting pole.
22. In Clause 9.8.3, added in accordance with BS EN 50525 to flexible cable.
23. Amended Clause 10.1.3 : The use of capacitor banks in residential villas shall be
determined by the distribution company on a case by case basis and hence permitted
in accordance with the relevant regulations and shall be installed in the main intake
room.
24. Clause 10.2.13 Relevant international standards for capacitors have been updated in
the respective table as follows:

Capacitor switching contactors IEC 60871 and IEC 60831

Detuning reactors IEC 60076-6 and IEC 60076

25. To ensure consistency and validity of standards, Clause 13.1.17 was updated, e.g.
added installation of the In-cable control and protection devices (IC-CPD) for mode 2
charging of electric road vehicles in accordance with IEC 62752
26. Removed reference to IEC-61851-22 from the EVSE respective table associated with
Clause 13.1.18, since the same has been withdrawn in Feb 2017 and was replaced by
expansion of the scope of IEC 61851-1
27. In new Clause 13.2.5 ( previously clause 1.38-Final circuit) replaced Extension cord
unit with Cable extension unit.
28. Enforcement procedures (Regulation 15.2) are amended to capture the enforcement
powers conferred to DoE pursuant to Law No 11 of 2018.
29. A5(h) Earth Fault Loop Impedance values required for MCBs (at 230 V)- change of
values in table, in accordance with BS 7671 18th edition.
30. A6.(d) Time current characteristic of Type D MCBs-chart updated in line with BS 7671
18th Edition.
31. A7(b) Circuit rating and Voltage drop for PVC multi-core cables (non-armoured)- change
of values in table, in accordance with BS 7671 18th edition.
32. G2 sample tables have been corrected on the estimation of Connected Load and the
use of diversity factors for Final Circuits, SMDBs and MDBs.
33. For improved safety and protectivity, G2 sample table concerning water heaters has
been updated to provide radial circuit for each water heater and considered the load
1500W for each, as illustrated below.

Water Heaters:
1 WH-1 Single Core RAD 1.500 0.000 0.000 1.500
Bathroom & Kitchen

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 236 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

34. A1 Glossary of terms and abbreviations-captured AC (alternating current) and DC

(direct current) instead of AC and DC respectively and reflected amendment through
the document. Also added amended Ze External Earth Fault Loop Impedance “at
Intake”.

35. A3 Reference standards have been updated, e.g. BS 6207 has been replaced by BS EN
60702- 3:2016,BS 6500 has been completely withdrawn and included by BS EN 50525,
BS 50086 has been withdrawn and replaced by BS EN 61386-23:2004+A11:2010, BS
31 has been withdrawn and replaced by BS EN ISO 80000-12:2013, BS 6701 was
removed from General table Earthing part page 93, due to non-relevance, BS 60617
has been completely withdrawn, BS 60446 has been witdrwan and replaced by BS EN
600445:2017, BS 61646 has been withdrawn and now included in BS EN 61215 and
updated associated IEC standard, added BS EN 61727, added BS EN 61000, BS 50521
has been replaced by BS EN 62852.

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 237 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Notes:

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 238 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Notes:

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 239 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0
THE ELECTRICITY WIRING REGULATIONS (2020)

Notes:

Document no. DoE /PD/R01/001 Version no.0 Effective Date: 01/04/2020 Page 240 of 240
This document is in copy right and contains valuable and proprietary information. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without the prior permission and authorization of the Department of Energy (DoE), Abu Dhabi. DoE-QMS4.1- Rev.0